src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  22     #include "wx/utils.h"
  23     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  24     #include "wx/settings.h"
  25     #include "wx/log.h"
  26     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  27     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  28     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  29     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  30     #include "wx/intl.h"
  31     #include "wx/math.h"
  32 #endif
  33
  34 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  35 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  36 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  37 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  38
  39 #include "wx/grid.h"
  40 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  41
  42 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  43     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  44 #else
  45     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  46 #endif
  47
  48 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  49     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  50 #else
  51     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  52 #endif
  53
  54 // Required for wxIs... functions
  55 #include <ctype.h>
  56
  57 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  58 // array classes
  59 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  60
  61 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  62                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  63
  64 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  65 {
  66     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  67         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  68     {
  69     }
  70
  71     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  72     {
  73         attr->DecRef();
  74     }
  75
  76     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  77     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
  78
  79 // Cannot do this:
  80 //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr)
  81 // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
  82 };
  83
  84 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
  85                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  86
  87 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
  88
  89 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
  90 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
  91
  92 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  93 // events
  94 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  95
  96 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
  97 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
  98 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
  99 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 100 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 101 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 102 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 103 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 104 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 105 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 106 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 107 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 108 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 109 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 110 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 111 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 112 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 113 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 114
 115 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 116 // private classes
 117 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 118
 119 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 120 {
 121 public:
 122     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 123     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 124                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 125
 126 private:
 127     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 128
 129     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 130     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 131     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 132     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 133     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 134     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 135
 136     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 137     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 138     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 139 };
 140
 141
 142 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 143 {
 144 public:
 145     wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 146     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 147                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 148
 149 private:
 150     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 151
 152     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 153     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 154     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 155     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 156     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 157     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 158
 159     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 160     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 161     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 162 };
 163
 164
 165 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 166 {
 167 public:
 168     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 169     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 170                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 171
 172 private:
 173     wxGrid *m_owner;
 174
 175     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 176     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 177     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 178     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 179     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 180     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 181
 182     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 183     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 184     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 185 };
 186
 187 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxWindow
 188 {
 189 public:
 190     wxGridWindow()
 191     {
 192         m_owner = NULL;
 193         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 194         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 195     }
 196
 197     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 198                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 199                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 200                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 201     ~wxGridWindow() {}
 202
 203     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 204
 205     wxGrid* GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 206
 207 private:
 208     wxGrid                   *m_owner;
 209     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 210     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 211
 212     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 213     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 214     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 215     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 216     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 217     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 218     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 219     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 220
 221     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 222     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 223     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 224 };
 225
 226
 227 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 228 {
 229 public:
 230     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 231         : m_grid(grid),
 232           m_editor(editor),
 233           m_inSetFocus(false)
 234     {
 235     }
 236
 237     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 238     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 239     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 240
 241     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 242
 243 private:
 244     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 245     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 246
 247     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 248     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 249     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 250
 251     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 252     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 253     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 254 };
 255
 256
 257 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 258
 259 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 260     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 261     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 262     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 263 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 264
 265
 266 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 267 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 268 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 269
 270 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 271 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 272 {
 273 public:
 274     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 275     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 276     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 277     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 278
 279 private:
 280     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 281     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 282
 283     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 284 };
 285
 286 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 287 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 288 {
 289 public:
 290     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 291     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 292     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 293
 294     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 295     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 296     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 297
 298 private:
 299     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 300     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 301 };
 302
 303 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 304 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 305 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 306 {
 307 public:
 308     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 309     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 310                            m_colAttrs;
 311 };
 312
 313
 314 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 315 // data structures used for the data type registry
 316 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 317
 318 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 319 {
 320     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 321                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 322                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 323         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 324         {}
 325
 326     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 327     {
 328         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 329         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 330     }
 331
 332     wxString            m_typeName;
 333     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 334     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 335
 336     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 337 };
 338
 339
 340 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 341                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 342
 343
 344 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 345 {
 346 public:
 347   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 348     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 349
 350     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 351                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 352                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 353
 354     // find one of already registered data types
 355     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 356
 357     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 358     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 359     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 360
 361     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 362     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 363     // registered data type and set params for it
 364     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 365
 366     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 367     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 368
 369 private:
 370     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 371 };
 372
 373
 374 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 375 // conditional compilation
 376 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 377
 378 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 379 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 380 #endif
 381
 382 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 383 // globals
 384 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 385
 386 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 387 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 388     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 389     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 390 #endif
 391
 392 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 393 // constants
 394 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 395
 396 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 397 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 398
 399 // scroll line size
 400 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 401 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 402 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 403 //
 404 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 405 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 406 //       -- Robin
 407 //
 408 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 409 //       fixing anyhow
 410 //       -- Vadim
 411 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 412 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 413
 414 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 415 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 416 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 417
 418 #if 0
 419 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 420 // private functions
 421 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 422
 423 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 424 {
 425     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 426 }
 427
 428 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 429 {
 430     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 431 }
 432 #endif
 433
 434 // ============================================================================
 435 // implementation
 436 // ============================================================================
 437
 438 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 439 // wxGridCellEditor
 440 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 441
 442 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 443 {
 444     m_control = NULL;
 445     m_attr = NULL;
 446 }
 447
 448 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 449 {
 450     Destroy();
 451 }
 452
 453 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 454                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 455                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 456 {
 457     if ( evtHandler )
 458         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 459 }
 460
 461 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 462                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 463 {
 464     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 465     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 466     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 467     if (gridWindow)
 468         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 469
 470     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 471     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
 472     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 473
 474     // redraw the control we just painted over
 475     m_control->Refresh();
 476 }
 477
 478 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 479 {
 480     if (m_control)
 481     {
 482         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 483
 484         m_control->Destroy();
 485         m_control = NULL;
 486     }
 487 }
 488
 489 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 490 {
 491     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 492
 493     m_control->Show(show);
 494
 495     if ( show )
 496     {
 497         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 498         if ( attr )
 499         {
 500             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 501             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 502
 503             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 504             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 505
 506 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 507 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 508             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 509             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 510 #endif
 511
 512             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 513             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 514         }
 515     }
 516     else
 517     {
 518         // restore the standard colours fonts
 519         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 520         {
 521             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 522             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 523         }
 524
 525         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 526         {
 527             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 528             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 529         }
 530
 531 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 532 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 533         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 534         {
 535             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 536             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 537         }
 538 #endif
 539     }
 540 }
 541
 542 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 543 {
 544     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 545
 546     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 547 }
 548
 549 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 550 {
 551     event.Skip();
 552 }
 553
 554 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 555 {
 556     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 557     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 558
 559 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 560     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 561     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 562     alt = event.MetaDown();
 563 #endif
 564
 565     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 566     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 567     // through in that case.
 568     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 569         return false;
 570
 571     int key = 0;
 572     bool keyOk = true;
 573
 574 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 575     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 576     // editor.
 577     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 578         return false;
 579 #endif
 580 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 581     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 582     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 583     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 584     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 585     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 586     if (key <= 127)
 587     {
 588         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 589         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 590     }
 591 #else
 592     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 593     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 594 #endif
 595
 596     return keyOk;
 597 }
 598
 599 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 600 {
 601     event.Skip();
 602 }
 603
 604 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 605 {
 606 }
 607
 608 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 609
 610 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 611 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 612 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 613
 614 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 615 {
 616     m_maxChars = 0;
 617 }
 618
 619 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 620                                   wxWindowID id,
 621                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 622 {
 623     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 624                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize
 625 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 626                                , wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL | wxNO_BORDER
 627 #endif
 628                               );
 629
 630     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 631     if (m_maxChars != 0)
 632     {
 633         ((wxTextCtrl*)m_control)->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 634     }
 635
 636     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 637 }
 638
 639 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 640                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 641 {
 642     // as we fill the entire client area,
 643     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 644 }
 645
 646 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 647 {
 648     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 649
 650     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 651     //
 652     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 653     //
 654 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 655     if (rect.x != 0)
 656     {
 657         rect.x += 1;
 658         rect.y += 1;
 659         rect.width -= 1;
 660         rect.height -= 1;
 661     }
 662 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 663     if ( rect.x == 0 )
 664         rect.x += 2;
 665     else
 666         rect.x += 3;
 667
 668     if ( rect.y == 0 )
 669         rect.y += 2;
 670     else
 671         rect.y += 3;
 672
 673     rect.width -= 2;
 674     rect.height -= 2;
 675 #else
 676     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 677     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 678
 679     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 680         extra_x *= 2;
 681         extra_y *= 2;
 682     #endif
 683
 684     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 685     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 686     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 687     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 688 #endif
 689
 690     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 691 }
 692
 693 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 694 {
 695     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 696
 697     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 698
 699     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 700 }
 701
 702 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 703 {
 704     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 705     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 706     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 707     Text()->SetFocus();
 708 }
 709
 710 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 711 {
 712     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 713
 714     bool changed = false;
 715     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 716     if (value != m_startValue)
 717         changed = true;
 718
 719     if (changed)
 720         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 721
 722     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 723
 724     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 725     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 726
 727     return changed;
 728 }
 729
 730 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 731 {
 732     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 733
 734     DoReset(m_startValue);
 735 }
 736
 737 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 738 {
 739     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 740     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 741 }
 742
 743 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 744 {
 745     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 746 }
 747
 748 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 749 {
 750     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 751     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 752     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 753     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 754
 755     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 756     wxChar ch;
 757     long pos;
 758
 759 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 760     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 761     if (ch <= 127)
 762         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 763 #else
 764     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 765 #endif
 766
 767     switch (ch)
 768     {
 769         case WXK_DELETE:
 770             // delete the character at the cursor
 771             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 772             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 773                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 774             break;
 775
 776         case WXK_BACK:
 777             // delete the character before the cursor
 778             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 779             if (pos > 0)
 780                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 781             break;
 782
 783         default:
 784             tc->WriteText(ch);
 785             break;
 786     }
 787 }
 788
 789 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 790                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 791 {
 792 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 793     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 794     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 795     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 796     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 797     Text()->SetValue(s);
 798     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 799 #else
 800     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 801     //
 802     event.Skip();
 803 #endif
 804 }
 805
 806 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 807 {
 808     if ( !params )
 809     {
 810         // reset to default
 811         m_maxChars = 0;
 812     }
 813     else
 814     {
 815         long tmp;
 816         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 817         {
 818             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 819         }
 820         else
 821         {
 822             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 823         }
 824     }
 825 }
 826
 827 // return the value in the text control
 828 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 829 {
 830     return Text()->GetValue();
 831 }
 832
 833 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 834 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 835 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 836
 837 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 838 {
 839     m_min = min;
 840     m_max = max;
 841 }
 842
 843 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 844                                     wxWindowID id,
 845                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 846 {
 847 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 848     if ( HasRange() )
 849     {
 850         // create a spin ctrl
 851         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 852                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 853                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 854                                    m_min, m_max);
 855
 856         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 857     }
 858     else
 859 #endif
 860     {
 861         // just a text control
 862         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 863
 864 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 865         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 866 #endif
 867     }
 868 }
 869
 870 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 871 {
 872     // first get the value
 873     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 874     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 875     {
 876         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 877     }
 878     else
 879     {
 880         m_valueOld = 0;
 881         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 882         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 883         {
 884             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 885             return;
 886         }
 887     }
 888
 889 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 890     if ( HasRange() )
 891     {
 892         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 893         Spin()->SetFocus();
 894     }
 895     else
 896 #endif
 897     {
 898         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 899     }
 900 }
 901
 902 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 903                                      wxGrid* grid)
 904 {
 905     bool changed;
 906     long value = 0;
 907     wxString text;
 908
 909 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 910     if ( HasRange() )
 911     {
 912         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 913         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 914         if (changed)
 915             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 916     }
 917     else
 918 #endif
 919     {
 920         text = Text()->GetValue();
 921         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 922     }
 923
 924     if ( changed )
 925     {
 926         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 927             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 928         else
 929             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 930     }
 931
 932     return changed;
 933 }
 934
 935 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 936 {
 937 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 938     if ( HasRange() )
 939     {
 940         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 941     }
 942     else
 943 #endif
 944     {
 945         DoReset(GetString());
 946     }
 947 }
 948
 949 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 950 {
 951     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 952     {
 953         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 954         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 955              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 956         {
 957             return true;
 958         }
 959     }
 960
 961     return false;
 962 }
 963
 964 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 965 {
 966     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 967     if ( !HasRange() )
 968     {
 969         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
 970         {
 971             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
 972
 973             // skip Skip() below
 974             return;
 975         }
 976     }
 977 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 978     else
 979     {
 980         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
 981         {
 982             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
 983             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
 984             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
 985             return;
 986         }
 987     }
 988 #endif
 989
 990     event.Skip();
 991 }
 992
 993 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 994 {
 995     if ( !params )
 996     {
 997         // reset to default
 998         m_min =
 999         m_max = -1;
1000     }
1001     else
1002     {
1003         long tmp;
1004         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1005         {
1006             m_min = (int)tmp;
1007
1008             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1009             {
1010                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1011
1012                 // skip the error message below
1013                 return;
1014             }
1015         }
1016
1017         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1018     }
1019 }
1020
1021 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1022 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1023 {
1024     wxString s;
1025
1026 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1027     if ( HasRange() )
1028     {
1029         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1030         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1031     }
1032     else
1033 #endif
1034     {
1035         s = Text()->GetValue();
1036     }
1037
1038     return s;
1039 }
1040
1041 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1042 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1043 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1044
1045 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1046 {
1047     m_width = width;
1048     m_precision = precision;
1049 }
1050
1051 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1052                                    wxWindowID id,
1053                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1054 {
1055     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1056
1057 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1058     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1059 #endif
1060 }
1061
1062 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1063 {
1064     // first get the value
1065     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1066     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1067     {
1068         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1069     }
1070     else
1071     {
1072         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1073         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1074         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1075         {
1076             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1077             return;
1078         }
1079     }
1080
1081     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1082 }
1083
1084 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1085                                      wxGrid* grid)
1086 {
1087     double value = 0.0;
1088     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1089
1090     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) &&
1091             !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) )
1092     {
1093         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1094             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1095         else
1096             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1097
1098         return true;
1099     }
1100
1101     return false;
1102 }
1103
1104 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1105 {
1106     DoReset(GetString());
1107 }
1108
1109 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1110 {
1111     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1112     char tmpbuf[2];
1113     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1114     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1115     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1116
1117 #if wxUSE_INTL
1118     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1119        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1120 #else
1121     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1122 #endif
1123
1124     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1125          || is_decimal_point )
1126     {
1127         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1128
1129         // skip Skip() below
1130         return;
1131     }
1132
1133     event.Skip();
1134 }
1135
1136 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1137 {
1138     if ( !params )
1139     {
1140         // reset to default
1141         m_width =
1142         m_precision = -1;
1143     }
1144     else
1145     {
1146         long tmp;
1147         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1148         {
1149             m_width = (int)tmp;
1150
1151             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1152             {
1153                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1154
1155                 // skip the error message below
1156                 return;
1157             }
1158         }
1159
1160         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1161     }
1162 }
1163
1164 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1165 {
1166     wxString fmt;
1167     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1168     {
1169         // default precision
1170         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1171     }
1172     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1173     {
1174         // default width
1175         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1176     }
1177     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1178     {
1179         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1180     }
1181     else
1182     {
1183         // default width/precision
1184         fmt = _T("%f");
1185     }
1186
1187     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1188 }
1189
1190 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1191 {
1192     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1193     {
1194         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1195         printf("%d\n", keycode);
1196         // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1197         char tmpbuf[2];
1198         tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1199         tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1200         wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1201
1202 #if wxUSE_INTL
1203         bool is_decimal_point =
1204             ( strbuf == wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT,
1205                                           wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1206 #else
1207         bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1208 #endif
1209
1210         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1211              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1212               is_decimal_point || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') )
1213         {
1214             return true;
1215         }
1216     }
1217
1218     return false;
1219 }
1220
1221 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1222
1223 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1224
1225 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1226 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1227 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1228
1229 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1230                                   wxWindowID id,
1231                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1232 {
1233     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1234                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1235                                wxNO_BORDER);
1236
1237     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1238 }
1239
1240 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1241 {
1242     bool resize = false;
1243     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1244     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1245
1246     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1247     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1248     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1249     {
1250         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1251         size = sizeBest;
1252
1253         resize = true;
1254     }
1255
1256     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1257     {
1258         // leave 1 pixel margin
1259         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1260
1261         resize = true;
1262     }
1263
1264     if ( resize )
1265     {
1266         m_control->SetSize(size);
1267     }
1268
1269     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1270
1271 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1272     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1273     // so shift it to the right
1274     size.x -= 8;
1275 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1276     // here too, but in other way
1277     size.x += 1;
1278     size.y -= 2;
1279 #endif
1280
1281     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1282     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1283     if (GetCellAttr())
1284         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1285
1286     int x = 0, y = 0;
1287     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1288     {
1289         x = r.x + 2;
1290
1291 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1292         x += 2;
1293 #endif
1294
1295         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1296     }
1297     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1298     {
1299         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1300         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1301     }
1302     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1303     {
1304         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1305         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1306     }
1307
1308     m_control->Move(x, y);
1309 }
1310
1311 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1312 {
1313     m_control->Show(show);
1314
1315     if ( show )
1316     {
1317         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1318         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1319     }
1320 }
1321
1322 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1323 {
1324     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1325                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1326
1327     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1328     {
1329         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1330     }
1331     else
1332     {
1333         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1334         m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
1335     }
1336
1337     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1338     CBox()->SetFocus();
1339 }
1340
1341 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1342                                    wxGrid* grid)
1343 {
1344     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1345                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1346
1347     bool changed = false;
1348     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1349     if ( value != m_startValue )
1350         changed = true;
1351
1352     if ( changed )
1353     {
1354         if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1355             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1356         else
1357             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString);
1358     }
1359
1360     return changed;
1361 }
1362
1363 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1364 {
1365     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1366                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1367
1368     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1369 }
1370
1371 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1372 {
1373     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1374 }
1375
1376 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1377 {
1378     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1379     {
1380         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1381         switch ( keycode )
1382         {
1383             case WXK_SPACE:
1384             case '+':
1385             case '-':
1386                 return true;
1387         }
1388     }
1389
1390     return false;
1391 }
1392
1393 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1394 {
1395     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1396     switch ( keycode )
1397     {
1398         case WXK_SPACE:
1399             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1400             break;
1401
1402         case '+':
1403             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1404             break;
1405
1406         case '-':
1407             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1408             break;
1409     }
1410 }
1411
1412
1413 // return the value as "1" for true and the empty string for false
1414 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1415 {
1416   bool bSet = CBox()->GetValue();
1417   return bSet ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString;
1418 }
1419
1420 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1421
1422 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1423
1424 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1425 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1426 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1427
1428 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1429                                                bool allowOthers)
1430     : m_choices(choices),
1431       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1432
1433 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1434                                                const wxString choices[],
1435                                                bool allowOthers)
1436                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1437 {
1438     if ( count )
1439     {
1440         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1441         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1442         {
1443             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1444         }
1445     }
1446 }
1447
1448 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1449 {
1450     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1451     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1452     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1453
1454     return editor;
1455 }
1456
1457 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1458                                     wxWindowID id,
1459                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1460 {
1461     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1462                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1463                                m_choices,
1464                                m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY);
1465
1466     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1467 }
1468
1469 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1470                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1471 {
1472     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1473     // flicker
1474
1475     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1476     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1477     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1478     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1479 }
1480
1481 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1482 {
1483     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1484                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1485
1486     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1487     if (m_control)
1488         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1489
1490     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1491     if (evtHandler)
1492         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1493
1494     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1495
1496     if (m_allowOthers)
1497     {
1498         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1499     }
1500     else
1501     {
1502         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1503         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1504         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1505             pos = 0;
1506         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1507     }
1508
1509     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1510     Combo()->SetFocus();
1511
1512     if (evtHandler)
1513     {
1514         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1515         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1516 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1517         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1518 #endif
1519     }
1520 }
1521
1522 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1523                                      wxGrid* grid)
1524 {
1525     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1526     if ( value == m_startValue )
1527         return false;
1528
1529     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1530
1531     return true;
1532 }
1533
1534 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1535 {
1536     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1537     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1538 }
1539
1540 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1541 {
1542     if ( !params )
1543     {
1544         // what can we do?
1545         return;
1546     }
1547
1548     m_choices.Empty();
1549
1550     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1551     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1552     {
1553         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1554     }
1555 }
1556
1557 // return the value in the text control
1558 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1559 {
1560   return Combo()->GetValue();
1561 }
1562
1563 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1564
1565 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1566 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1567 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1568
1569 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1570 {
1571     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1572     if (m_inSetFocus)
1573         return;
1574
1575     // accept changes
1576     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1577
1578     event.Skip();
1579 }
1580
1581 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1582 {
1583     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1584     {
1585         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1586             m_editor->Reset();
1587             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1588             break;
1589
1590         case WXK_TAB:
1591             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1592             break;
1593
1594         case WXK_RETURN:
1595         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1596             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1597                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1598             break;
1599
1600         default:
1601             event.Skip();
1602             break;
1603     }
1604 }
1605
1606 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1607 {
1608     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1609     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1610     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1611     int cw, ch;
1612     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1613
1614     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1615     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1616
1617     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1618     {
1619         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1620         case WXK_TAB:
1621         case WXK_RETURN:
1622         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1623             break;
1624
1625         case WXK_HOME:
1626         {
1627             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1628             {
1629                 // no special processing needed...
1630                 event.Skip();
1631                 break;
1632             }
1633
1634             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1635
1636             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1637             int colXPos = 0;
1638             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1639             {
1640                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1641             }
1642
1643             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1644             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1645             if (col != 0)
1646             {
1647                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1648             }
1649             else
1650             {
1651                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1652             }
1653             event.Skip();
1654             break;
1655         }
1656
1657         case WXK_END:
1658         {
1659             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1660             {
1661                 // no special processing needed...
1662                 event.Skip();
1663                 break;
1664             }
1665
1666             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1667
1668             int textWidth = 0;
1669             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1670             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1671             {
1672                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1673                 int y;
1674                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1675                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1676
1677                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1678                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1679
1680                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1681                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1682                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1683                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1684                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1685                 {
1686                     textWidth = 0;
1687                 }
1688             }
1689
1690             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1691             int colXPos = 0;
1692             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1693             {
1694                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1695             }
1696
1697             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1698             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1699             colXPos += textWidth;
1700
1701             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1702             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1703             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1704             event.Skip();
1705             break;
1706         }
1707
1708         default:
1709             event.Skip();
1710             break;
1711     }
1712 }
1713
1714 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1715 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1716 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1717 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1718
1719 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1720 {
1721     // nothing to do
1722 }
1723
1724 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1725 {
1726 }
1727
1728 // ============================================================================
1729 // renderer classes
1730 // ============================================================================
1731
1732 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1733 // wxGridCellRenderer
1734 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1735
1736 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1737                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1738                               wxDC& dc,
1739                               const wxRect& rect,
1740                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1741                               bool isSelected)
1742 {
1743     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
1744
1745     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1746     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1747     {
1748         if ( isSelected )
1749         {
1750             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) );
1751         }
1752         else
1753         {
1754             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
1755         }
1756     }
1757     else
1758     {
1759         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID));
1760     }
1761
1762     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1763     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1764 }
1765
1766 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1767 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1768 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1769
1770 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1771                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1772                                                      wxDC& dc,
1773                                                      bool isSelected)
1774 {
1775     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
1776
1777     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1778
1779     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1780     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1781     {
1782         if ( isSelected )
1783         {
1784             dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() );
1785             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1786         }
1787         else
1788         {
1789             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1790             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1791         }
1792     }
1793     else
1794     {
1795         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1796         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1797     }
1798
1799     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1800 }
1801
1802 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1803                                                wxDC& dc,
1804                                                const wxString& text)
1805 {
1806     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1807     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1808     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1809     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1810     {
1811         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1812         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1813     }
1814
1815     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1816
1817     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1818 }
1819
1820 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1821                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1822                                              wxDC& dc,
1823                                              int row, int col)
1824 {
1825     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1826 }
1827
1828 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1829                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1830                                     wxDC& dc,
1831                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1832                                     int row, int col,
1833                                     bool isSelected)
1834 {
1835     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1836     rect.Inflate(-1);
1837
1838     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1839     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1840
1841     int hAlign, vAlign;
1842     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1843
1844     int overflowCols = 0;
1845
1846     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1847     {
1848         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1849         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1850         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1851         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1852         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1853         {
1854             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1855             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1856             {
1857                 bool is_empty = true;
1858                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1859                 {
1860                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1861                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1862                     if (c_rows > 0)
1863                         c_rows = 0;
1864                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1865                     {
1866                         is_empty = false;
1867                         break;
1868                     }
1869                 }
1870
1871                 if (is_empty)
1872                 {
1873                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1874                 }
1875                 else
1876                 {
1877                     i--;
1878                     break;
1879                 }
1880
1881                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
1882                     break;
1883             }
1884
1885             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1886             if (overflowCols >= cols)
1887                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
1888         }
1889
1890         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1891         {
1892             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1893             wxRect clip = rect;
1894             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1895             // draw each overflow cell individually
1896             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
1897             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1898                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1899             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1900             {
1901                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1902                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1903                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1904
1905                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1906                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1907
1908                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1909                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1910                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1911             }
1912
1913             rect = rectCell;
1914             rect.Inflate(-1);
1915             rect.width++;
1916             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1917         }
1918     }
1919
1920     // now we only have to draw the text
1921     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1922
1923     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1924                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1925 }
1926
1927 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1928 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
1929 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1930
1931 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1932 {
1933     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1934     wxString text;
1935     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
1936     {
1937         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
1938     }
1939     else
1940     {
1941         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1942     }
1943
1944     return text;
1945 }
1946
1947 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1948                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1949                                     wxDC& dc,
1950                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1951                                     int row, int col,
1952                                     bool isSelected)
1953 {
1954     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1955
1956     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1957
1958     // draw the text right aligned by default
1959     int hAlign, vAlign;
1960     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1961     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
1962
1963     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1964     rect.Inflate(-1);
1965
1966     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1967 }
1968
1969 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1970                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1971                                              wxDC& dc,
1972                                              int row, int col)
1973 {
1974     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
1975 }
1976
1977 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1978 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
1979 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1980
1981 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
1982 {
1983     SetWidth(width);
1984     SetPrecision(precision);
1985 }
1986
1987 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
1988 {
1989     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
1990     renderer->m_width = m_width;
1991     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
1992     renderer->m_format = m_format;
1993
1994     return renderer;
1995 }
1996
1997 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1998 {
1999     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2000
2001     bool hasDouble;
2002     double val;
2003     wxString text;
2004     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2005     {
2006         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2007         hasDouble = true;
2008     }
2009     else
2010     {
2011         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2012         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2013     }
2014
2015     if ( hasDouble )
2016     {
2017         if ( !m_format )
2018         {
2019             if ( m_width == -1 )
2020             {
2021                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2022                 {
2023                     // default width/precision
2024                     m_format = _T("%f");
2025                 }
2026                 else
2027                 {
2028                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2029                 }
2030             }
2031             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2032             {
2033                 // default precision
2034                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2035             }
2036             else
2037             {
2038                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2039             }
2040         }
2041
2042         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2043
2044     }
2045     //else: text already contains the string
2046
2047     return text;
2048 }
2049
2050 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2051                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2052                                    wxDC& dc,
2053                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2054                                    int row, int col,
2055                                    bool isSelected)
2056 {
2057     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2058
2059     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2060
2061     // draw the text right aligned by default
2062     int hAlign, vAlign;
2063     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2064     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2065
2066     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2067     rect.Inflate(-1);
2068
2069     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2070 }
2071
2072 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2073                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2074                                             wxDC& dc,
2075                                             int row, int col)
2076 {
2077     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2078 }
2079
2080 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2081 {
2082     if ( !params )
2083     {
2084         // reset to defaults
2085         SetWidth(-1);
2086         SetPrecision(-1);
2087     }
2088     else
2089     {
2090         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2091         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2092         {
2093             long width;
2094             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2095             {
2096                 SetWidth((int)width);
2097             }
2098             else
2099             {
2100                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2101             }
2102         }
2103
2104         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2105         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2106         {
2107             long precision;
2108             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2109             {
2110                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2111             }
2112             else
2113             {
2114                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2115             }
2116         }
2117     }
2118 }
2119
2120 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2121 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2122 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2123
2124 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2125
2126 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2127
2128 // between checkmark and box
2129 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2130
2131 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2132                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2133                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2134                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2135                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2136 {
2137     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2138     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2139     {
2140         // get checkbox size
2141         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2142         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2143         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2144
2145         // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result
2146 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2147         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2148 #endif
2149
2150         delete checkbox;
2151
2152         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2153     }
2154
2155     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2156 }
2157
2158 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2159                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2160                                   wxDC& dc,
2161                                   const wxRect& rect,
2162                                   int row, int col,
2163                                   bool isSelected)
2164 {
2165     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2166
2167     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2168     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2169
2170     // don't draw outside the cell
2171     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2172     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2173     {
2174         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2175         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
2176     }
2177
2178     // draw a border around checkmark
2179     int vAlign, hAlign;
2180     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2181
2182     wxRect rectBorder;
2183     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2184     {
2185         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2186         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2187         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2188         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2189     }
2190     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2191     {
2192         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2193         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2194         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2195         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2196     }
2197     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2198     {
2199         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2200         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2201         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2202         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2203     }
2204
2205     bool value;
2206     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2207     {
2208         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2209     }
2210     else
2211     {
2212         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2213         value = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
2214     }
2215
2216     if ( value )
2217     {
2218         wxRect rectMark = rectBorder;
2219
2220 #ifdef __WXMSW__
2221         // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...)
2222         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN / 2);
2223         rectMark.x++;
2224         rectMark.y++;
2225 #else
2226         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN);
2227 #endif
2228
2229         dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour());
2230         dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark);
2231     }
2232
2233     dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
2234     dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID));
2235     dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder);
2236 }
2237
2238 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2239 // wxGridCellAttr
2240 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2241
2242 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2243 {
2244     m_nRef = 1;
2245
2246     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2247
2248     m_renderer = NULL;
2249     m_editor = NULL;
2250
2251     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2252
2253     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2254     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2255
2256     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2257 }
2258
2259 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2260 {
2261     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2262
2263     if ( HasTextColour() )
2264         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2265     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2266         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2267     if ( HasFont() )
2268         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2269     if ( HasAlignment() )
2270         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2271
2272     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2273
2274     if ( m_renderer )
2275     {
2276         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2277         m_renderer->IncRef();
2278     }
2279     if ( m_editor )
2280     {
2281         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2282         m_editor->IncRef();
2283     }
2284
2285     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2286         attr->SetReadOnly();
2287
2288     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2289
2290     return attr;
2291 }
2292
2293 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2294 {
2295     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2296         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2297     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2298         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2299     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2300         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2301     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2302     {
2303         int hAlign, vAlign;
2304         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2305         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2306     }
2307     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2308         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2309
2310     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2311     // m_renderer/m_editor
2312     //
2313     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2314     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2315     {
2316         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2317         m_renderer->IncRef();
2318     }
2319     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2320     {
2321         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2322         m_editor->IncRef();
2323     }
2324     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2325         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2326
2327     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2328         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2329
2330     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2331 }
2332
2333 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2334 {
2335     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2336
2337     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2338     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2339     // set to negative or zero values such that
2340     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2341     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2342
2343     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2344
2345     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2346                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2347                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2348                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2349
2350     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2351     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2352 }
2353
2354 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2355 {
2356     if (HasTextColour())
2357     {
2358         return m_colText;
2359     }
2360     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2361     {
2362         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2363     }
2364     else
2365     {
2366         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2367         return wxNullColour;
2368     }
2369 }
2370
2371 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2372 {
2373     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2374     {
2375         return m_colBack;
2376     }
2377     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2378     {
2379         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2380     }
2381     else
2382     {
2383         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2384         return wxNullColour;
2385     }
2386 }
2387
2388 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2389 {
2390     if (HasFont())
2391     {
2392         return m_font;
2393     }
2394     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2395     {
2396         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2397     }
2398     else
2399     {
2400         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2401         return wxNullFont;
2402     }
2403 }
2404
2405 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2406 {
2407     if (HasAlignment())
2408     {
2409         if ( hAlign )
2410             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2411         if ( vAlign )
2412             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2413     }
2414     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2415     {
2416         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2417     }
2418     else
2419     {
2420         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2421     }
2422 }
2423
2424 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2425 {
2426     if ( num_rows )
2427         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2428     if ( num_cols )
2429         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2430 }
2431
2432 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2433 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2434 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2435 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2436 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2437 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2438
2439 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2440 {
2441     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2442
2443     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2444     {
2445         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2446         renderer = m_renderer;
2447         renderer->IncRef();
2448     }
2449     else // no non-default cell renderer
2450     {
2451         // get default renderer for the data type
2452         if ( grid )
2453         {
2454             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2455             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2456         }
2457
2458         if ( renderer == NULL )
2459         {
2460             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2461             {
2462                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2463                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2464                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2465             }
2466             else // default grid attr
2467             {
2468                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2469                 renderer = m_renderer;
2470                 if ( renderer )
2471                     renderer->IncRef();
2472             }
2473         }
2474     }
2475
2476     // we're supposed to always find something
2477     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2478
2479     return renderer;
2480 }
2481
2482 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2483 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2484 {
2485     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2486
2487     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2488     {
2489         // use the cells editor if it has one
2490         editor = m_editor;
2491         editor->IncRef();
2492     }
2493     else // no non default cell editor
2494     {
2495         // get default editor for the data type
2496         if ( grid )
2497         {
2498             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2499             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2500         }
2501
2502         if ( editor == NULL )
2503         {
2504             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2505             {
2506                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2507                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2508                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2509             }
2510             else // default grid attr
2511             {
2512                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2513                 editor = m_editor;
2514                 if ( editor )
2515                     editor->IncRef();
2516             }
2517         }
2518     }
2519
2520     // we're supposed to always find something
2521     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2522
2523     return editor;
2524 }
2525
2526 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2527 // wxGridCellAttrData
2528 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2529
2530 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2531 {
2532     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2533     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2534     {
2535         // add the attribute
2536         m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2537     }
2538     else
2539     {
2540         // free the old attribute
2541         m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
2542
2543         if ( attr )
2544         {
2545             // change the attribute
2546             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2547         }
2548         else
2549         {
2550             // remove this attribute
2551             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2552         }
2553     }
2554 }
2555
2556 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2557 {
2558     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2559
2560     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2561     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2562     {
2563         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2564         attr->IncRef();
2565     }
2566
2567     return attr;
2568 }
2569
2570 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2571 {
2572     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2573     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2574     {
2575         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2576         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2577         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2578         {
2579             if (numRows > 0)
2580             {
2581                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2582                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2583             }
2584             else if (numRows < 0)
2585             {
2586                 // If rows deleted ...
2587                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2588                 {
2589                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2590                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2591                 }
2592                 else
2593                 {
2594                     // ...or remove the attribute
2595                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2596                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2597                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2598                     n--;
2599                     count--;
2600                 }
2601             }
2602         }
2603     }
2604 }
2605
2606 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2607 {
2608     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2609     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2610     {
2611         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2612         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2613         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2614         {
2615             if ( numCols > 0 )
2616             {
2617                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2618                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2619             }
2620             else if (numCols < 0)
2621             {
2622                 // If rows deleted ...
2623                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2624                 {
2625                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2626                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2627                 }
2628                 else
2629                 {
2630                     // ...or remove the attribute
2631                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2632                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2633                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2634                     n--;
2635                     count--;
2636                 }
2637             }
2638         }
2639     }
2640 }
2641
2642 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2643 {
2644     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2645     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2646     {
2647         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2648         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2649         {
2650             return n;
2651         }
2652     }
2653
2654     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2655 }
2656
2657 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2658 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2659 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2660
2661 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2662 {
2663     size_t count = m_attrs.Count();
2664     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2665     {
2666         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2667     }
2668 }
2669
2670 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2671 {
2672     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2673
2674     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2675     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2676     {
2677         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2678         attr->IncRef();
2679     }
2680
2681     return attr;
2682 }
2683
2684 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2685 {
2686     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2687     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2688     {
2689         // add the attribute
2690         m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2691         m_attrs.Add(attr);
2692     }
2693     else
2694     {
2695         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2696         if ( attr )
2697         {
2698             // change the attribute
2699             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2700             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2701         }
2702         else
2703         {
2704             // remove this attribute
2705             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2706             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2707             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2708         }
2709     }
2710 }
2711
2712 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2713 {
2714     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2715     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2716     {
2717         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2718         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2719         {
2720             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2721             {
2722                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2723                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2724             }
2725             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2726             {
2727                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2728                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2729                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2730                 else
2731                 {
2732                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2733                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2734                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2735                     n--;
2736                     count--;
2737                 }
2738             }
2739         }
2740     }
2741 }
2742
2743 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2744 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2745 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2746
2747 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2748 {
2749     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2750 }
2751
2752 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2753 {
2754     delete m_data;
2755 }
2756
2757 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2758 {
2759     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2760 }
2761
2762 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2763                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2764 {
2765     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2766     if ( m_data )
2767     {
2768         switch (kind)
2769         {
2770             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2771                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2772                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2773                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2774                 if (!attr)
2775                 {
2776                     // Basically implement old version.
2777                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2778                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2779                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2780                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2781
2782                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2783                     {
2784                         // Two or more are non NULL
2785                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2786                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2787
2788                         // Order is important..
2789                         if (attrcell)
2790                         {
2791                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2792                             attrcell->DecRef();
2793                         }
2794                         if (attrcol)
2795                         {
2796                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2797                             attrcol->DecRef();
2798                         }
2799                         if (attrrow)
2800                         {
2801                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2802                             attrrow->DecRef();
2803                         }
2804
2805                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2806                         //attr->IncRef();
2807                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2808                     }
2809                     else
2810                     {
2811                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2812                         if (attrrow)
2813                             attr = attrrow;
2814                         if (attrcol)
2815                         {
2816                             if (attr)
2817                                 attr->DecRef();
2818                             attr = attrcol;
2819                         }
2820                         if (attrcell)
2821                         {
2822                             if (attr)
2823                                 attr->DecRef();
2824                             attr = attrcell;
2825                         }
2826                     }
2827                 }
2828                 break;
2829
2830             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2831                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2832                 break;
2833
2834             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2835                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2836                 break;
2837
2838             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2839                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2840                 break;
2841
2842             default:
2843                 // unused as yet...
2844                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2845                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2846                 break;
2847         }
2848     }
2849
2850     return attr;
2851 }
2852
2853 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2854                                      int row, int col)
2855 {
2856     if ( !m_data )
2857         InitData();
2858
2859     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2860 }
2861
2862 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2863 {
2864     if ( !m_data )
2865         InitData();
2866
2867     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2868 }
2869
2870 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2871 {
2872     if ( !m_data )
2873         InitData();
2874
2875     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2876 }
2877
2878 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2879 {
2880     if ( m_data )
2881     {
2882         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2883
2884         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2885     }
2886 }
2887
2888 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2889 {
2890     if ( m_data )
2891     {
2892         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2893
2894         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2895     }
2896 }
2897
2898 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2899 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2900 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2901
2902 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2903 {
2904     size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count();
2905     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2906         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2907 }
2908
2909 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2910                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2911                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2912 {
2913     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2914
2915     // is it already registered?
2916     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2917     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2918     {
2919         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2920         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2921     }
2922     else
2923     {
2924         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2925     }
2926 }
2927
2928 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2929 {
2930     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2931     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2932     {
2933         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
2934         {
2935             return i;
2936         }
2937     }
2938
2939     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2940 }
2941
2942 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2943 {
2944     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2945     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2946     {
2947         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
2948         // register it "on the fly"
2949 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2950         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
2951         {
2952             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
2953                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2954                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
2955         }
2956         else
2957 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2958 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2959         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
2960         {
2961             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
2962                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
2963                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
2964         }
2965         else
2966 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2967 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2968         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
2969         {
2970             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
2971                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
2972                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
2973         }
2974         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
2975         {
2976             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
2977                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
2978                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
2979         }
2980         else
2981 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2982 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2983         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
2984         {
2985             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
2986                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2987                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
2988         }
2989         else
2990 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2991         {
2992             return wxNOT_FOUND;
2993         }
2994
2995         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
2996         // the last index
2997         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
2998     }
2999
3000     return index;
3001 }
3002
3003 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3004 {
3005     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3006     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3007     {
3008         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3009         // are the parameters for the renderer
3010         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3011         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3012         {
3013             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3014         }
3015
3016         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3017         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3018         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3019         rendererOld->DecRef();
3020
3021         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3022         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3023         editor = editor->Clone();
3024         editorOld->DecRef();
3025
3026         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3027         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3028         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3029         editor->SetParameters(params);
3030
3031         // register the new typename
3032         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3033
3034         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3035         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3036     }
3037
3038     return index;
3039 }
3040
3041 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3042 {
3043     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3044     if (renderer)
3045         renderer->IncRef();
3046
3047     return renderer;
3048 }
3049
3050 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3051 {
3052     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3053     if (editor)
3054         editor->IncRef();
3055
3056     return editor;
3057 }
3058
3059 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3060 // wxGridTableBase
3061 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3062
3063 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3064
3065 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3066 {
3067     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3068     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3069 }
3070
3071 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3072 {
3073     delete m_attrProvider;
3074 }
3075
3076 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3077 {
3078     delete m_attrProvider;
3079     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3080 }
3081
3082 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3083 {
3084     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3085     {
3086         // use the default attr provider by default
3087         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3088     }
3089
3090     return true;
3091 }
3092
3093 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3094 {
3095     if ( m_attrProvider )
3096         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3097     else
3098         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3099 }
3100
3101 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3102 {
3103     if ( m_attrProvider )
3104     {
3105         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3106         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3107     }
3108     else
3109     {
3110         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3111         // free it now
3112         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3113     }
3114 }
3115
3116 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3117 {
3118     if ( m_attrProvider )
3119     {
3120         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3121         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3122     }
3123     else
3124     {
3125         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3126         // free it now
3127         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3128     }
3129 }
3130
3131 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3132 {
3133     if ( m_attrProvider )
3134     {
3135         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3136         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3137     }
3138     else
3139     {
3140         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3141         // free it now
3142         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3143     }
3144 }
3145
3146 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3147                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3148 {
3149     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3150
3151     return false;
3152 }
3153
3154 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3155 {
3156     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3157
3158     return false;
3159 }
3160
3161 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3162                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3163 {
3164     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3165
3166     return false;
3167 }
3168
3169 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3170                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3171 {
3172     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3173
3174     return false;
3175 }
3176
3177 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3178 {
3179     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3180
3181     return false;
3182 }
3183
3184 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3185                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3186 {
3187     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3188
3189     return false;
3190 }
3191
3192 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3193 {
3194     wxString s;
3195
3196     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3197     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3198     s << row + 1;
3199
3200     return s;
3201 }
3202
3203 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3204 {
3205     // default col labels are:
3206     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3207     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3208     //   etc.
3209
3210     wxString s;
3211     unsigned int i, n;
3212     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3213     {
3214         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3215         col = col / 26 - 1;
3216         if ( col < 0 )
3217             break;
3218     }
3219
3220     // reverse the string...
3221     wxString s2;
3222     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3223     {
3224         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3225     }
3226
3227     return s2;
3228 }
3229
3230 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3231 {
3232     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3233 }
3234
3235 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3236                                      const wxString& typeName )
3237 {
3238     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3239 }
3240
3241 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3242 {
3243     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3244 }
3245
3246 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3247 {
3248     return 0;
3249 }
3250
3251 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3252 {
3253     return 0.0;
3254 }
3255
3256 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3257 {
3258     return false;
3259 }
3260
3261 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3262                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3263 {
3264 }
3265
3266 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3267                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3268 {
3269 }
3270
3271 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3272                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3273 {
3274 }
3275
3276 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3277                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3278 {
3279     return NULL;
3280 }
3281
3282 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3283                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3284                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3285 {
3286 }
3287
3288 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3289 //
3290 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3291 // to the grid view
3292 //
3293
3294 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3295 {
3296     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3297     m_id = -1;
3298     m_comInt1 = -1;
3299     m_comInt2 = -1;
3300 }
3301
3302 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3303                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3304 {
3305     m_table = table;
3306     m_id = id;
3307     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3308     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3309 }
3310
3311 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3312 //
3313 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3314 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3315 //
3316
3317 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3318
3319 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3320
3321 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3322         : wxGridTableBase()
3323 {
3324 }
3325
3326 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3327         : wxGridTableBase()
3328 {
3329     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3330
3331     wxArrayString sa;
3332     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3333     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3334
3335     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3336 }
3337
3338 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3339 {
3340 }
3341
3342 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3343 {
3344     return m_data.GetCount();
3345 }
3346
3347 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3348 {
3349     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3350         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3351     else
3352         return 0;
3353 }
3354
3355 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3356 {
3357     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3358                  wxEmptyString,
3359                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3360
3361     return m_data[row][col];
3362 }
3363
3364 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3365 {
3366     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3367                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3368
3369     m_data[row][col] = value;
3370 }
3371
3372 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3373 {
3374     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3375                  true,
3376                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3377
3378     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3379 }
3380
3381 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3382 {
3383     int row, col;
3384     int numRows, numCols;
3385
3386     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3387     if ( numRows > 0 )
3388     {
3389         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3390
3391         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3392         {
3393             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3394             {
3395                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3396             }
3397         }
3398     }
3399 }
3400
3401 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3402 {
3403     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3404     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3405                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3406
3407     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3408     {
3409         return AppendRows( numRows );
3410     }
3411
3412     wxArrayString sa;
3413     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3414     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3415     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3416
3417     if ( GetView() )
3418     {
3419         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3420                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3421                                 pos,
3422                                 numRows );
3423
3424         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3425     }
3426
3427     return true;
3428 }
3429
3430 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3431 {
3432     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3433     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3434                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3435                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3436
3437     wxArrayString sa;
3438     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3439     {
3440         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3441         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3442     }
3443
3444     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3445
3446     if ( GetView() )
3447     {
3448         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3449                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3450                                 numRows );
3451
3452         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3453     }
3454
3455     return true;
3456 }
3457
3458 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3459 {
3460     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3461
3462     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3463     {
3464         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3465                     (
3466                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3467                         (unsigned long)pos,
3468                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3469                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3470                     ) );
3471
3472         return false;
3473     }
3474
3475     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3476     {
3477         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3478     }
3479
3480     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3481     {
3482         m_data.Clear();
3483     }
3484     else
3485     {
3486         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3487     }
3488
3489     if ( GetView() )
3490     {
3491         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3492                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3493                                 pos,
3494                                 numRows );
3495
3496         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3497     }
3498
3499     return true;
3500 }
3501
3502 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3503 {
3504     size_t row, col;
3505
3506     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3507     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3508                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3509                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3510
3511     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3512     {
3513         return AppendCols( numCols );
3514     }
3515
3516     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3517     {
3518         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
3519
3520         size_t i;
3521         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
3522             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
3523     }
3524
3525     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3526     {
3527         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3528         {
3529             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3530         }
3531     }
3532
3533     if ( GetView() )
3534     {
3535         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3536                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3537                                 pos,
3538                                 numCols );
3539
3540         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3541     }
3542
3543     return true;
3544 }
3545
3546 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3547 {
3548     size_t row;
3549
3550     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3551
3552 #if 0
3553     if ( !curNumRows )
3554     {
3555         // TODO: something better than this ?
3556         //
3557         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3558         return false;
3559     }
3560 #endif
3561
3562     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3563     {
3564         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3565     }
3566
3567     if ( GetView() )
3568     {
3569         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3570                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3571                                 numCols );
3572
3573         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3574     }
3575
3576     return true;
3577 }
3578
3579 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3580 {
3581     size_t row;
3582
3583     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3584     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3585                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3586
3587     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3588     {
3589         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3590                     (
3591                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3592                         (unsigned long)pos,
3593                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3594                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3595                     ) );
3596         return false;
3597     }
3598
3599     int colID;
3600     if ( GetView() )
3601         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
3602     else
3603         colID = pos;
3604
3605     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
3606     {
3607         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
3608     }
3609
3610     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3611     {
3612         m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3613     }
3614
3615     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3616     {
3617         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3618         {
3619             m_data[row].Clear();
3620         }
3621         else
3622         {
3623             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3624         }
3625     }
3626
3627     if ( GetView() )
3628     {
3629         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3630                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3631                                 pos,
3632                                 numCols );
3633
3634         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3635     }
3636
3637     return true;
3638 }
3639
3640 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3641 {
3642     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3643     {
3644         // using default label
3645         //
3646         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3647     }
3648     else
3649     {
3650         return m_rowLabels[row];
3651     }
3652 }
3653
3654 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3655 {
3656     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3657     {
3658         // using default label
3659         //
3660         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3661     }
3662     else
3663     {
3664         return m_colLabels[col];
3665     }
3666 }
3667
3668 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3669 {
3670     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3671     {
3672         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3673         int i;
3674
3675         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3676         {
3677             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3678         }
3679     }
3680
3681     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3682 }
3683
3684 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3685 {
3686     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3687     {
3688         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3689         int i;
3690
3691         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3692         {
3693             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3694         }
3695     }
3696
3697     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3698 }
3699
3700
3701 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3702 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3703
3704 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3705
3706 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3707     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3708     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3709     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3710     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3711     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3712     EVT_CHAR( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar )
3713 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3714
3715 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3716                                             wxWindowID id,
3717                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3718   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3719 {
3720     m_owner = parent;
3721 }
3722
3723 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3724 {
3725     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3726
3727     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3728     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3729     // set the y coord  - MB
3730     //
3731     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3732
3733     int x, y;
3734     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3735     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y );
3736
3737     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3738     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3739 }
3740
3741 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3742 {
3743     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3744 }
3745
3746 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3747 {
3748     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3749 }
3750
3751 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3752 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3753 //
3754 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3755 {
3756     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3757         event.Skip();
3758 }
3759
3760 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3761 {
3762     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3763         event.Skip();
3764 }
3765
3766 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3767 {
3768     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3769         event.Skip();
3770 }
3771
3772 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3773
3774 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3775
3776 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3777     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3778     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3779     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3780     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3781     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3782     EVT_CHAR( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar )
3783 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3784
3785 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3786                                             wxWindowID id,
3787                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3788   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3789 {
3790     m_owner = parent;
3791 }
3792
3793 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3794 {
3795     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3796
3797     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3798     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3799     // set the x coord  - MB
3800     //
3801     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3802
3803     int x, y;
3804     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3805     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 );
3806
3807     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3808     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3809 }
3810
3811 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3812 {
3813     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3814 }
3815
3816 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3817 {
3818     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3819 }
3820
3821 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3822 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3823 //
3824 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3825 {
3826     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3827         event.Skip();
3828 }
3829
3830 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3831 {
3832     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3833         event.Skip();
3834 }
3835
3836 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3837 {
3838     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3839         event.Skip();
3840 }
3841
3842 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3843
3844 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3845
3846 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3847     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3848     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3849     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3850     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3851     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3852     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar )
3853 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3854
3855 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3856                                                   wxWindowID id,
3857                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3858   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3859 {
3860     m_owner = parent;
3861 }
3862
3863 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3864 {
3865     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3866
3867     int client_height = 0;
3868     int client_width = 0;
3869     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3870
3871     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3872 #ifdef __WXGTK__
3873     wxRect rect;
3874     rect.SetX( 1 );
3875     rect.SetY( 1 );
3876     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3877     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3878
3879     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3880 #else // !__WXGTK__
3881     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
3882     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3883     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3884     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3885     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3886
3887     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3888     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3889     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3890 #endif
3891 }
3892
3893 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3894 {
3895     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3896 }
3897
3898 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3899 {
3900     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3901 }
3902
3903 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3904 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3905 //
3906 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3907 {
3908     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3909         event.Skip();
3910 }
3911
3912 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3913 {
3914     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3915         event.Skip();
3916 }
3917
3918 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3919 {
3920     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3921         event.Skip();
3922 }
3923
3924 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3925
3926 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3927
3928 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3929     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
3930     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3931     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3932     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
3933     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
3934     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
3935     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3936     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3937     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
3938 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3939
3940 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3941                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
3942                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
3943                             wxWindowID id,
3944                             const wxPoint &pos,
3945                             const wxSize &size )
3946             : wxWindow(
3947                 parent, id, pos, size,
3948                 wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE,
3949                 wxT("grid window") )
3950 {
3951     m_owner = parent;
3952     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
3953     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
3954 }
3955
3956 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
3957 {
3958     wxPaintDC dc( this );
3959     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3960     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
3961     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
3962     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
3963
3964 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
3965     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
3966 #endif
3967
3968     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
3969     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
3970 }
3971
3972 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
3973 {
3974     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
3975     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
3976     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
3977 }
3978
3979 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3980 {
3981     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
3982         SetFocus();
3983
3984     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
3985 }
3986
3987 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3988 {
3989     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3990 }
3991
3992 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
3993 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3994 //
3995 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3996 {
3997     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3998         event.Skip();
3999 }
4000
4001 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4002 {
4003     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4004         event.Skip();
4005 }
4006
4007 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4008 {
4009     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4010         event.Skip();
4011 }
4012
4013 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4014 {
4015 }
4016
4017 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4018 {
4019     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4020         event.Skip();
4021 }
4022
4023 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4024
4025 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
4026 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4027 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4028 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4029
4030 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4031
4032 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4033                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4034                            bool clipToMinMax);
4035
4036 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4037 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4038                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4039                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4040
4041 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4042
4043 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4044 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4045
4046 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4047     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4048     // use them for streaming out
4049     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4050     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4051     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4052     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4053     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4054     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4055
4056     // old style border flags
4057     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4058     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4059     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4060     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4061     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4062     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4063
4064     // standard window styles
4065     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4066     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4067     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4068     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4069     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4070     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4071     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4072     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4073
4074 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4075
4076 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4077
4078 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4079     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4080     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4081 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4082
4083 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4084 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4085
4086 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4087
4088 /*
4089  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4090 */
4091 #else
4092 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4093 #endif
4094
4095 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4096     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4097     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4098     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4099     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4100     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4101     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4102 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4103
4104 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4105 {
4106     // in order to make sure that a size event is not
4107     // trigerred in a unfinished state
4108     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4109     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4110     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4111     m_gridWin = NULL;
4112 }
4113
4114 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4115                  wxWindowID id,
4116                  const wxPoint& pos,
4117                  const wxSize& size,
4118                  long style,
4119                  const wxString& name )
4120   : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ),
4121     m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE),
4122     m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE)
4123 {
4124     Create();
4125     SetBestFittingSize(size);
4126 }
4127
4128 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4129                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4130                           long style, const wxString& name)
4131 {
4132     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4133                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4134         return false;
4135
4136     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4137     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4138
4139     Create();
4140     SetBestFittingSize(size);
4141
4142     return true;
4143 }
4144
4145 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4146 {
4147     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4148     SetTargetWindow(this);
4149     ClearAttrCache();
4150     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4151
4152 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4153     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4154     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4155                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4156              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4157              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4158 #endif
4159
4160     if (m_ownTable)
4161         delete m_table;
4162
4163     delete m_typeRegistry;
4164     delete m_selection;
4165 }
4166
4167 //
4168 // ----- internal init and update functions
4169 //
4170
4171 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4172 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4173 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4174
4175 #if _USE_VISATTR
4176 #include "wx/listbox.h"
4177 #endif
4178
4179 void wxGrid::Create()
4180 {
4181     // set to true by CreateGrid
4182     m_created = false;
4183
4184     // create the type registry
4185     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4186     m_selection = NULL;
4187
4188     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
4189     m_ownTable = false;
4190
4191     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4192
4193     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4194
4195     // Set default cell attributes
4196     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4197     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4198     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4199     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4200     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4201     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4202
4203 #if _USE_VISATTR
4204     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4205     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4206
4207     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4208     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4209
4210 #else
4211     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4212         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4213     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4214         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4215 #endif
4216
4217     m_numRows = 0;
4218     m_numCols = 0;
4219     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4220
4221     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4222     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4223
4224     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4225     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4226                                               wxID_ANY,
4227                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4228                                               wxDefaultSize );
4229
4230     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4231                                               wxID_ANY,
4232                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4233                                               wxDefaultSize );
4234
4235     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4236                                                     wxID_ANY,
4237                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4238                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4239
4240     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4241                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4242                                   m_colLabelWin,
4243                                   wxID_ANY,
4244                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4245                                   wxDefaultSize );
4246
4247     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4248
4249 #if _USE_VISATTR
4250     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4251     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4252     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4253     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4254 #else
4255     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4256     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4257     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4258     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4259 #endif
4260
4261     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4262     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4263     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4264     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4265     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4266     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4267
4268     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4269     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4270
4271     Init();
4272 }
4273
4274 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4275                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4276 {
4277     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4278                  false,
4279                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4280
4281     m_numRows = numRows;
4282     m_numCols = numCols;
4283
4284     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4285     m_table->SetView( this );
4286     m_ownTable = true;
4287     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4288
4289     CalcDimensions();
4290
4291     m_created = true;
4292
4293     return m_created;
4294 }
4295
4296 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4297 {
4298     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4299                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4300
4301     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4302 }
4303
4304 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4305 {
4306     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4307                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4308
4309     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4310 }
4311
4312 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4313                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4314 {
4315     if ( m_created )
4316     {
4317         // stop all processing
4318         m_created = false;
4319
4320         if (m_ownTable)
4321         {
4322             wxGridTableBase *t = m_table;
4323             m_table = NULL;
4324             delete t;
4325         }
4326
4327         delete m_selection;
4328
4329         m_table = NULL;
4330         m_selection = NULL;
4331         m_numRows = 0;
4332         m_numCols = 0;
4333     }
4334
4335     if (table)
4336     {
4337         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4338         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4339
4340         m_table = table;
4341         m_table->SetView( this );
4342         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4343         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4344
4345         CalcDimensions();
4346
4347         m_created = true;
4348     }
4349
4350     return m_created;
4351 }
4352
4353 void wxGrid::Init()
4354 {
4355     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4356     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4357
4358     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4359     {
4360         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4361     }
4362     else
4363     {
4364         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4365     }
4366
4367     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4368
4369     // init attr cache
4370     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4371     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4372     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4373
4374     // TODO: something better than this ?
4375     //
4376     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4377     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4378
4379     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4380     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4381
4382     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4383     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4384     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4385
4386     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4387     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4388
4389     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4390     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4391
4392 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4393     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4394 #else
4395     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4396 #endif
4397
4398     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4399     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4400     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4401     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4402     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4403
4404     m_canDragColMove = false;
4405
4406     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4407     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4408     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4409     m_canDragColSize = true;
4410     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4411     m_canDragCell = false;
4412     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4413     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4414     m_isDragging = false;
4415     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4416
4417     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4418
4419     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4420     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4421
4422     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4423
4424     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4425     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4426     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4427     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4428
4429     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4430
4431     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4432     m_batchCount = 0;
4433
4434     m_extraWidth =
4435     m_extraHeight = 0;
4436
4437     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4438     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4439 }
4440
4441 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4442 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4443 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4444 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4445 // arrays at all
4446 //
4447 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the
4448 // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later...
4449 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4450
4451 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4452 {
4453     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4454     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4455
4456     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4457     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4458
4459     int rowBottom = 0;
4460
4461     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4462
4463     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4464     {
4465         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4466         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4467     }
4468 }
4469
4470 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4471 {
4472     m_colWidths.Empty();
4473     m_colRights.Empty();
4474
4475     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4476     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4477     int colRight = 0;
4478
4479     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4480
4481     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4482     {
4483         colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4484         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4485     }
4486 }
4487
4488 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4489 {
4490     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4491 }
4492
4493 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4494 {
4495     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4496                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4497 }
4498
4499 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4500 {
4501     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4502                                  : m_colRights[col];
4503 }
4504
4505 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4506 {
4507     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4508 }
4509
4510 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4511 {
4512     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4513                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4514 }
4515
4516 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4517 {
4518     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4519                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4520 }
4521
4522 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4523 {
4524     int cw, ch;
4525     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4526
4527     if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4528         cw -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4529     if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4530         ch -= m_colLabelHeight;
4531
4532     // grid total size
4533     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) + m_extraWidth + 1 : 0;
4534     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) + m_extraHeight + 1 : 0;
4535
4536     // take into account editor if shown
4537     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4538     {
4539         int w2, h2;
4540         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4541         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4542         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4543         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4544
4545         // how big is the editor
4546         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4547         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4548         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4549         w2 += x;
4550         h2 += y;
4551         if ( w2 > w )
4552             w = w2;
4553         if ( h2 > h )
4554             h = h2;
4555         editor->DecRef();
4556         attr->DecRef();
4557     }
4558
4559     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4560     int x, y;
4561     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4562
4563     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4564     if ( x >= w )
4565         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4566     if ( y >= h )
4567         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4568
4569     // do set scrollbar parameters
4570     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4571                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h), x, y,
4572                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4573
4574     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4575     // still must reposition the children
4576     CalcWindowSizes();
4577 }
4578
4579 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4580 {
4581     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4582
4583     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4584         return;
4585
4586     int cw, ch;
4587     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4588
4589     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4590         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4591
4592     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4593         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4594
4595     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4596         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight );
4597
4598     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4599         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight );
4600 }
4601
4602 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4603 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4604 //
4605 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4606 {
4607     int i;
4608     bool result = false;
4609
4610     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4611     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4612     ClearAttrCache();
4613
4614     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4615     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4616     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4617     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4618     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4619     HideCellEditControl();
4620
4621 #if 0
4622     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4623     // now
4624     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4625     {
4626         InitColWidths();
4627     }
4628
4629     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4630     {
4631         InitRowHeights();
4632     }
4633 #endif
4634
4635     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4636     {
4637         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4638         {
4639             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4640             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4641
4642             m_numRows += numRows;
4643
4644             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4645             {
4646                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4647                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4648
4649                 int bottom = 0;
4650                 if ( pos > 0 )
4651                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4652
4653                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4654                 {
4655                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4656                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4657                 }
4658             }
4659
4660             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4661             {
4662                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4663                 // cell will be undefined...
4664                 //
4665                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4666             }
4667
4668             if ( m_selection )
4669                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4670             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4671             if (attrProvider)
4672                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4673
4674             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4675             {
4676                 CalcDimensions();
4677                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4678             }
4679         }
4680         result = true;
4681         break;
4682
4683         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4684         {
4685             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4686             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4687             m_numRows += numRows;
4688
4689             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4690             {
4691                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4692                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4693
4694                 int bottom = 0;
4695                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4696                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4697
4698                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4699                 {
4700                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4701                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4702                 }
4703             }
4704
4705             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4706             {
4707                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4708                 // cell will be undefined...
4709                 //
4710                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4711             }
4712
4713             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4714             {
4715                 CalcDimensions();
4716                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4717             }
4718         }
4719         result = true;
4720         break;
4721
4722         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4723         {
4724             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4725             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4726             m_numRows -= numRows;
4727
4728             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4729             {
4730                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4731                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4732
4733                 int h = 0;
4734                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4735                 {
4736                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4737                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4738                 }
4739             }
4740
4741             if ( !m_numRows )
4742             {
4743                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4744             }
4745             else
4746             {
4747                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4748                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4749             }
4750
4751             if ( m_selection )
4752                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4753             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4754             if (attrProvider)
4755             {
4756                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4757
4758 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4759 #if 0
4760                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4761                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4762                 // all column attributes.
4763                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4764                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4765                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4766                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4767 #endif
4768             }
4769
4770             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4771             {
4772                 CalcDimensions();
4773                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4774             }
4775         }
4776         result = true;
4777         break;
4778
4779         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4780         {
4781             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4782             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4783             m_numCols += numCols;
4784
4785             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4786             {
4787                 //Shift the column IDs
4788                 int i;
4789                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
4790                 {
4791                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
4792                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
4793                 }
4794
4795                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
4796
4797                 //Set the new columns' positions
4798                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
4799                 {
4800                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4801                 }
4802             }
4803
4804             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4805             {
4806                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4807                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4808
4809                 int right = 0;
4810                 if ( pos > 0 )
4811                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
4812
4813                 int colPos;
4814                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4815                 {
4816                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4817
4818                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4819                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4820                 }
4821             }
4822
4823             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4824             {
4825                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4826                 // cell will be undefined...
4827                 //
4828                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4829             }
4830
4831             if ( m_selection )
4832                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4833             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4834             if (attrProvider)
4835                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4836             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4837             {
4838                 CalcDimensions();
4839                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4840             }
4841         }
4842         result = true;
4843         break;
4844
4845         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4846         {
4847             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4848             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4849             m_numCols += numCols;
4850
4851             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4852             {
4853                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
4854
4855                 //Set the new columns' positions
4856                 int i;
4857                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4858                 {
4859                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4860                 }
4861             }
4862
4863             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4864             {
4865                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4866                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4867
4868                 int right = 0;
4869                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
4870                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
4871
4872                 int colPos;
4873                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4874                 {
4875                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4876
4877                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4878                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4879                 }
4880             }
4881
4882             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4883             {
4884                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4885                 // cell will be undefined...
4886                 //
4887                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4888             }
4889             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4890             {
4891                 CalcDimensions();
4892                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4893             }
4894         }
4895         result = true;
4896         break;
4897
4898         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4899         {
4900             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4901             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4902             m_numCols -= numCols;
4903
4904             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4905             {
4906                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
4907
4908                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4909
4910                 //Shift the column IDs
4911                 int colPos;
4912                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4913                 {
4914                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
4915                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
4916                 }
4917             }
4918
4919             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4920             {
4921                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4922                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4923
4924                 int w = 0;
4925                 int colPos;
4926                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4927                 {
4928                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4929
4930                     w += m_colWidths[i];
4931                     m_colRights[i] = w;
4932                 }
4933             }
4934
4935             if ( !m_numCols )
4936             {
4937                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4938             }
4939             else
4940             {
4941                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
4942                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4943             }
4944
4945             if ( m_selection )
4946                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4947             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4948             if (attrProvider)
4949             {
4950                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4951
4952 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4953 #if 0
4954                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
4955                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
4956                 // all row attributes.
4957                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4958                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
4959                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
4960                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
4961 #endif
4962             }
4963
4964             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4965             {
4966                 CalcDimensions();
4967                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4968             }
4969         }
4970         result = true;
4971         break;
4972     }
4973
4974     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
4975         m_gridWin->Refresh();
4976
4977     return result;
4978 }
4979
4980 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4981 {
4982     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4983     wxRect r;
4984
4985     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
4986
4987     int top, bottom;
4988     while ( iter )
4989     {
4990         r = iter.GetRect();
4991
4992         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4993         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4994         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4995         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4996         //
4997 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4998         int cw, ch;
4999         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5000         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5001             r.SetTop( 0 );
5002         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5003 #endif
5004
5005         // logical bounds of update region
5006         //
5007         int dummy;
5008         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5009         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5010
5011         // find the row labels within these bounds
5012         //
5013         int row;
5014         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5015         {
5016             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5017                 continue;
5018
5019             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5020                 break;
5021
5022             rowlabels.Add( row );
5023         }
5024
5025         ++iter;
5026     }
5027
5028     return rowlabels;
5029 }
5030
5031 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
5032 {
5033     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5034     wxRect r;
5035
5036     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5037
5038     int left, right;
5039     while ( iter )
5040     {
5041         r = iter.GetRect();
5042
5043         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5044         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5045         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5046         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5047         //
5048 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5049         int cw, ch;
5050         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5051         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5052             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5053         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5054 #endif
5055
5056         // logical bounds of update region
5057         //
5058         int dummy;
5059         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5060         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5061
5062         // find the cells within these bounds
5063         //
5064         int col;
5065         int colPos;
5066         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5067         {
5068             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5069
5070             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5071                 continue;
5072
5073             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5074                 break;
5075
5076             colLabels.Add( col );
5077         }
5078
5079         ++iter;
5080     }
5081
5082     return colLabels;
5083 }
5084
5085 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
5086 {
5087     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5088     wxRect r;
5089
5090     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5091
5092     int left, top, right, bottom;
5093     while ( iter )
5094     {
5095         r = iter.GetRect();
5096
5097         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5098         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5099         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5100         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5101         //
5102 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5103         int cw, ch;
5104         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5105         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5106         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5107         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5108         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5109 #endif
5110
5111         // logical bounds of update region
5112         //
5113         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5114         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5115
5116         // find the cells within these bounds
5117         //
5118         int row, col;
5119         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5120         {
5121             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5122                 continue;
5123
5124             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5125                 break;
5126
5127             int colPos;
5128             for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5129             {
5130                 col = GetColAt( colPos );
5131
5132                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5133                     continue;
5134
5135                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5136                     break;
5137
5138                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5139             }
5140         }
5141
5142         ++iter;
5143     }
5144
5145     return cellsExposed;
5146 }
5147
5148
5149 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5150 {
5151     int x, y, row;
5152     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5153     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5154
5155     if ( event.Dragging() )
5156     {
5157         if (!m_isDragging)
5158         {
5159             m_isDragging = true;
5160             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5161         }
5162
5163         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5164         {
5165             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5166             {
5167                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5168                 {
5169                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5170                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5171                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5172
5173                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5174                     PrepareDC( dc );
5175                     y = wxMax( y,
5176                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5177                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5178                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5179                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5180                     {
5181                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5182                     }
5183                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5184                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5185                 }
5186                 break;
5187
5188                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5189                 {
5190                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5191                     {
5192                         if ( m_selection )
5193                         {
5194                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5195                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5196                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5197                                                     event.AltDown(),
5198                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5199                         }
5200                     }
5201                 }
5202                 break;
5203
5204                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5205                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5206                 default:
5207                     break;
5208             }
5209         }
5210         return;
5211     }
5212
5213     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5214         return;
5215
5216     if (m_isDragging)
5217     {
5218         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5219             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5220         m_isDragging = false;
5221     }
5222
5223     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5224     //
5225     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5226     {
5227         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5228     }
5229
5230     // ------------ Left button pressed
5231     //
5232     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5233     {
5234         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5235         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5236         // wanting to resize the row
5237         //
5238         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5239         {
5240             row = YToRow(y);
5241             if ( row >= 0 &&
5242                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5243             {
5244                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5245                     ClearSelection();
5246                 if ( m_selection )
5247                 {
5248                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5249                     {
5250                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5251                                                   0,
5252                                                   row,
5253                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5254                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5255                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5256                                                   event.AltDown(),
5257                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5258                     }
5259                     else
5260                     {
5261                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5262                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5263                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5264                                                 event.AltDown(),
5265                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5266                     }
5267                 }
5268
5269                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5270             }
5271         }
5272         else
5273         {
5274             // starting to drag-resize a row
5275             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5276                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5277         }
5278     }
5279
5280     // ------------ Left double click
5281     //
5282     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5283     {
5284         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5285         if ( row < 0 )
5286         {
5287             row = YToRow(y);
5288             if ( row >=0 &&
5289                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5290             {
5291                 // no default action at the moment
5292             }
5293         }
5294         else
5295         {
5296             // adjust row height depending on label text
5297             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5298
5299             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5300             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5301         }
5302     }
5303
5304     // ------------ Left button released
5305     //
5306     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5307     {
5308         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5309         {
5310             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5311
5312             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5313             // default processing in this case
5314             //
5315             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5316         }
5317
5318         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5319         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5320     }
5321
5322     // ------------ Right button down
5323     //
5324     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5325     {
5326         row = YToRow(y);
5327         if ( row >=0 &&
5328              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5329         {
5330             // no default action at the moment
5331         }
5332     }
5333
5334     // ------------ Right double click
5335     //
5336     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5337     {
5338         row = YToRow(y);
5339         if ( row >= 0 &&
5340              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5341         {
5342             // no default action at the moment
5343         }
5344     }
5345
5346     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5347     //
5348     else if ( event.Moving() )
5349     {
5350         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5351         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5352         {
5353             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5354             {
5355                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5356                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5357                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5358             }
5359         }
5360         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5361         {
5362             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5363         }
5364     }
5365 }
5366
5367 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5368 {
5369     int x, y, col;
5370     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5371     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5372
5373     if ( event.Dragging() )
5374     {
5375         if (!m_isDragging)
5376         {
5377             m_isDragging = true;
5378             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5379
5380             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL )
5381                 m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x );
5382         }
5383
5384         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5385         {
5386             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5387             {
5388                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5389                 {
5390                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5391                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5392                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5393
5394                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5395                     PrepareDC( dc );
5396
5397                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5398                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5399                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5400                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5401                     {
5402                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5403                     }
5404                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5405                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5406                 }
5407                 break;
5408
5409                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5410                 {
5411                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5412                     {
5413                         if ( m_selection )
5414                         {
5415                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5416                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5417                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5418                                                     event.AltDown(),
5419                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5420                         }
5421                     }
5422                 }
5423                 break;
5424
5425                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5426                 {
5427                     if ( x < 0 )
5428                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 );
5429                     else
5430                         m_moveToCol = XToCol( x );
5431
5432                     int markerX;
5433
5434                     if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5435                         markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5436                     else
5437                         markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5438
5439                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
5440                     {
5441                         wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5442
5443                         int cw, ch;
5444                         m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5445
5446                         markerX++;
5447
5448                         //Clean up the last indicator
5449                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5450                         {
5451                             wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
5452                             dc.SetPen(pen);
5453                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
5454                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5455
5456                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
5457                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
5458                         }
5459
5460                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
5461                         if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol)
5462                           || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1)
5463                           || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )))
5464                         {
5465                             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5466                             return;
5467                         }
5468
5469                         //Draw the marker
5470                         wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 );
5471                         dc.SetPen(pen);
5472
5473                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
5474
5475                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5476
5477                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
5478                     }
5479                 }
5480                 break;
5481
5482                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5483                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5484                 default:
5485                     break;
5486             }
5487         }
5488         return;
5489     }
5490
5491     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5492         return;
5493
5494     if (m_isDragging)
5495     {
5496         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5497             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5498         m_isDragging = false;
5499     }
5500
5501     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5502     //
5503     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5504     {
5505         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5506     }
5507
5508     // ------------ Left button pressed
5509     //
5510     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5511     {
5512         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5513         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5514         // wanting to resize the col
5515         //
5516         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5517         {
5518             col = XToCol(x);
5519             if ( col >= 0 &&
5520                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5521             {
5522                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
5523                 {
5524                     //Show button as pressed
5525                     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5526                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
5527                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
5528                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
5529                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
5530                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
5531
5532                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5533                 }
5534                 else
5535                 {
5536                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5537                         ClearSelection();
5538                     if ( m_selection )
5539                     {
5540                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5541                         {
5542                             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5543                                                       m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5544                                                       GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5545                                                       event.ControlDown(),
5546                                                       event.ShiftDown(),
5547                                                       event.AltDown(),
5548                                                       event.MetaDown() );
5549                         }
5550                         else
5551                         {
5552                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5553                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5554                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5555                                                     event.AltDown(),
5556                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5557                         }
5558                     }
5559
5560                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5561                 }
5562             }
5563         }
5564         else
5565         {
5566             // starting to drag-resize a col
5567             //
5568             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5569                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5570         }
5571     }
5572
5573     // ------------ Left double click
5574     //
5575     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5576     {
5577         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5578         if ( col < 0 )
5579         {
5580             col = XToCol(x);
5581             if ( col >= 0 &&
5582                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5583             {
5584                 // no default action at the moment
5585             }
5586         }
5587         else
5588         {
5589             // adjust column width depending on label text
5590             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5591
5592             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5593             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5594         }
5595     }
5596
5597     // ------------ Left button released
5598     //
5599     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5600     {
5601         switch ( m_cursorMode )
5602         {
5603             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5604             {
5605                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
5606
5607                 // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5608                 // default processing in this case
5609                 //
5610                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5611             }
5612             break;
5613
5614             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5615             {
5616                 DoEndDragMoveCol();
5617
5618                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5619             }
5620             break;
5621         }
5622
5623         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5624         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5625     }
5626
5627     // ------------ Right button down
5628     //
5629     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5630     {
5631         col = XToCol(x);
5632         if ( col >= 0 &&
5633              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5634         {
5635             // no default action at the moment
5636         }
5637     }
5638
5639     // ------------ Right double click
5640     //
5641     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5642     {
5643         col = XToCol(x);
5644         if ( col >= 0 &&
5645              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5646         {
5647             // no default action at the moment
5648         }
5649     }
5650
5651     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5652     //
5653     else if ( event.Moving() )
5654     {
5655         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5656         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5657         {
5658             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5659             {
5660                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5661                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5662                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5663             }
5664         }
5665         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5666         {
5667             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5668         }
5669     }
5670 }
5671
5672 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5673 {
5674     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5675     {
5676         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5677         // col args == -1
5678         //
5679         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5680         {
5681             SelectAll();
5682         }
5683     }
5684     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5685     {
5686         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5687     }
5688     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5689     {
5690         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5691         {
5692             // no default action at the moment
5693         }
5694     }
5695     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5696     {
5697         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5698         {
5699             // no default action at the moment
5700         }
5701     }
5702 }
5703
5704 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5705                               wxWindow *win,
5706                               bool captureMouse)
5707 {
5708 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5709     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5710     {
5711         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5712         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5713         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5714         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5715         _T("SELECT_COL"),
5716         _T("MOVE_COL"),
5717     };
5718
5719     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5720                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5721                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5722                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5723                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5724                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5725 #endif
5726
5727     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5728          win == m_winCapture &&
5729          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5730         return;
5731
5732     if ( !win )
5733     {
5734         // by default use the grid itself
5735         win = m_gridWin;
5736     }
5737
5738     if ( m_winCapture )
5739     {
5740         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5741             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5742         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5743     }
5744
5745     m_cursorMode = mode;
5746
5747     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5748     {
5749         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5750             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5751             break;
5752
5753         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5754             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5755             break;
5756
5757         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5758             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
5759             break;
5760
5761         default:
5762             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5763             break;
5764     }
5765
5766     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5767     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5768                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5769
5770     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5771     {
5772         win->CaptureMouse();
5773         m_winCapture = win;
5774     }
5775 }
5776
5777 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5778 {
5779     int x, y;
5780     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5781     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5782
5783     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5784     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5785
5786     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5787     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5788     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5789     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5790     {
5791         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5792         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5793     }
5794
5795     if ( event.Dragging() )
5796     {
5797         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5798
5799         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5800         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5801         if (! m_isDragging)
5802         {
5803             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5804             {
5805                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5806                 return;
5807             }
5808             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5809                 return;
5810         }
5811
5812         m_isDragging = true;
5813         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5814         {
5815             // Hide the edit control, so it
5816             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5817             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5818             {
5819                 HideCellEditControl();
5820                 SaveEditControlValue();
5821             }
5822
5823             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
5824             if (! m_winCapture)
5825             {
5826                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
5827                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
5828             }
5829
5830             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5831             {
5832                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5833                 {
5834                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5835                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5836                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5837                 }
5838                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5839                 {
5840                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5841                     {
5842                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5843                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5844
5845                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5846                                    coords.GetRow(),
5847                                    coords.GetCol(),
5848                                    event );
5849                     }
5850                 }
5851                 else
5852                 {
5853                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5854                     {
5855                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5856                     }
5857                     else
5858                     {
5859                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5860                     }
5861                 }
5862
5863                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
5864                 {
5865                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
5866                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
5867                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
5868                 }
5869             }
5870         }
5871         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5872         {
5873             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5874             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5875             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5876
5877             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5878             PrepareDC( dc );
5879             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5880                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5881             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5882             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5883             {
5884                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5885             }
5886             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5887             m_dragLastPos = y;
5888         }
5889         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5890         {
5891             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5892             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5893             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5894
5895             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5896             PrepareDC( dc );
5897             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5898                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5899             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5900             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5901             {
5902                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5903             }
5904             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5905             m_dragLastPos = x;
5906         }
5907
5908         return;
5909     }
5910
5911     m_isDragging = false;
5912     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
5913
5914     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
5915     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
5916     //     wxGTK
5917 #if 0
5918     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5919     {
5920         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5921         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5922     }
5923     else
5924 #endif // 0
5925
5926     // ------------ Left button pressed
5927     //
5928     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5929     {
5930         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
5931                        coords.GetRow(),
5932                        coords.GetCol(),
5933                        event ) )
5934         {
5935             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
5936                 ClearSelection();
5937             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5938             {
5939                 if ( m_selection )
5940                 {
5941                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5942                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5943                                               coords.GetRow(),
5944                                               coords.GetCol(),
5945                                               event.ControlDown(),
5946                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5947                                               event.AltDown(),
5948                                               event.MetaDown() );
5949                 }
5950             }
5951             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
5952                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5953             {
5954                 DisableCellEditControl();
5955                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
5956
5957                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5958                 {
5959                     if ( m_selection )
5960                     {
5961                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
5962                                                           coords.GetCol(),
5963                                                           event.ControlDown(),
5964                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
5965                                                           event.AltDown(),
5966                                                           event.MetaDown() );
5967                     }
5968                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5969                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5970                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5971                 }
5972                 else
5973                 {
5974                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
5975                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
5976                     if ( m_selection )
5977                     {
5978                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
5979                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
5980                         {
5981                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5982                         }
5983                     }
5984                 }
5985             }
5986         }
5987     }
5988
5989     // ------------ Left double click
5990     //
5991     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5992     {
5993         DisableCellEditControl();
5994
5995         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5996         {
5997             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
5998                              coords.GetRow(),
5999                              coords.GetCol(),
6000                              event ) )
6001             {
6002                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6003                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6004                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6005             }
6006         }
6007     }
6008
6009     // ------------ Left button released
6010     //
6011     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6012     {
6013         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6014         {
6015             if (m_winCapture)
6016             {
6017                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
6018                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6019                 m_winCapture = NULL;
6020             }
6021
6022             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6023             {
6024                 ClearSelection();
6025                 EnableCellEditControl();
6026
6027                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6028                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6029                 editor->StartingClick();
6030                 editor->DecRef();
6031                 attr->DecRef();
6032
6033                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6034             }
6035             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6036                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6037             {
6038                 if ( m_selection )
6039                 {
6040                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6041                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6042                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6043                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6044                                               event.ControlDown(),
6045                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6046                                               event.AltDown(),
6047                                               event.MetaDown() );
6048                 }
6049
6050                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6051                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6052
6053                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6054                 // drag-shrinking.
6055                 ShowCellEditControl();
6056             }
6057         }
6058         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6059         {
6060             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6061             DoEndDragResizeRow();
6062
6063             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6064             // default processing in this case
6065             //
6066             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6067         }
6068         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6069         {
6070             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6071             DoEndDragResizeCol();
6072
6073             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6074             // default processing in this case
6075             //
6076             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
6077         }
6078
6079         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6080     }
6081
6082     // ------------ Right button down
6083     //
6084     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6085     {
6086         DisableCellEditControl();
6087         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
6088                          coords.GetRow(),
6089                          coords.GetCol(),
6090                          event ) )
6091         {
6092             // no default action at the moment
6093         }
6094     }
6095
6096     // ------------ Right double click
6097     //
6098     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6099     {
6100         DisableCellEditControl();
6101         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
6102                          coords.GetRow(),
6103                          coords.GetCol(),
6104                          event ) )
6105         {
6106             // no default action at the moment
6107         }
6108     }
6109
6110     // ------------ Moving and no button action
6111     //
6112     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
6113     {
6114         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6115         {
6116             // out of grid cell area
6117             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6118             return;
6119         }
6120
6121         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
6122         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6123
6124         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6125         // directions is not implemented yet...
6126         //
6127         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6128         {
6129             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6130             return;
6131         }
6132
6133         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6134         {
6135             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6136
6137             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6138             {
6139                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6140                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW);
6141             }
6142         }
6143         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
6144         {
6145             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6146
6147             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6148             {
6149                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6150                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL);
6151             }
6152         }
6153         else // Neither on a row or col edge
6154         {
6155             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6156             {
6157                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6158             }
6159         }
6160     }
6161 }
6162
6163 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6164 {
6165     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6166     {
6167         // erase the last line and resize the row
6168         //
6169         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6170         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6171         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6172
6173         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6174         PrepareDC( dc );
6175         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6176         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
6177         HideCellEditControl();
6178         SaveEditControlValue();
6179
6180         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6181         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6182                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6183
6184         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6185         {
6186             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6187             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6188             rect.x = 0;
6189             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6190             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6191             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6192             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6193             rect.width = cw;
6194
6195             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6196             if (m_table)
6197             {
6198                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6199                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6200                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6201                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6202                 {
6203                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6204                     {
6205                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6206                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6207                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6208                     }
6209                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6210                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6211                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6212                 }
6213             }
6214             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6215         }
6216
6217         ShowCellEditControl();
6218     }
6219 }
6220
6221
6222 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6223 {
6224     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6225     {
6226         // erase the last line and resize the col
6227         //
6228         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6229         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6230         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6231
6232         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6233         PrepareDC( dc );
6234         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6235         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6236         HideCellEditControl();
6237         SaveEditControlValue();
6238
6239         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6240         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6241                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6242                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6243
6244         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6245         {
6246             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6247             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6248             rect.y = 0;
6249             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6250             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6251             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6252             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6253             rect.height = ch;
6254
6255             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6256             if (m_table)
6257             {
6258                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6259                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6260                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6261                 if (topRow >= 0)
6262                 {
6263                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6264                     {
6265                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6266                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6267                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6268                     }
6269
6270                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6271                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6272                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6273                 }
6274             }
6275
6276             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6277         }
6278
6279         ShowCellEditControl();
6280     }
6281 }
6282
6283 void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol()
6284 {
6285     //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag
6286     if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 )
6287     {
6288         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();   //Do this to "unpress" the column
6289         return;
6290     }
6291
6292     int newPos;
6293     if ( m_moveToCol == -1 )
6294         newPos = m_numCols - 1;
6295     else
6296     {
6297         newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol );
6298         if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) )
6299             newPos--;
6300     }
6301
6302     SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos );
6303 }
6304
6305 void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos )
6306 {
6307     if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
6308     {
6309         m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols );
6310
6311         int i;
6312         for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6313         {
6314             m_colAt.Add( i );
6315         }
6316     }
6317
6318     int oldPos = GetColPos( colID );
6319
6320     //Reshuffle the m_colAt array
6321     if ( newPos > oldPos )
6322     {
6323         int i;
6324         for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ )
6325         {
6326             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1];
6327         }
6328     }
6329     else
6330     {
6331         int i;
6332         for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- )
6333         {
6334             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1];
6335         }
6336     }
6337
6338     m_colAt[newPos] = colID;
6339
6340     //Recalculate the column rights
6341     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6342     {
6343         int colRight = 0;
6344         int colPos;
6345         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6346         {
6347             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6348
6349             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6350             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6351         }
6352     }
6353
6354     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6355     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6356 }
6357
6358
6359
6360 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6361 {
6362     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6363         return;
6364
6365     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6366
6367     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6368     {
6369         m_colAt.Clear();
6370
6371         //Recalculate the column rights
6372         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6373         {
6374             int colRight = 0;
6375             int colPos;
6376             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6377             {
6378                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6379                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6380             }
6381         }
6382
6383         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6384         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6385     }
6386 }
6387
6388
6389 //
6390 // ------ interaction with data model
6391 //
6392 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6393 {
6394     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6395     {
6396         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6397             return GetModelValues();
6398
6399         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6400             return SetModelValues();
6401
6402         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6403         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6404         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6405         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6406         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6407         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6408             return Redimension( msg );
6409
6410         default:
6411             return false;
6412     }
6413 }
6414
6415 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6416 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6417 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6418 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6419 //
6420 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6421 {
6422     if ( m_table )
6423     {
6424         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6425             DisableCellEditControl();
6426
6427         m_table->Clear();
6428         if (!GetBatchCount())
6429             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6430     }
6431 }
6432
6433 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6434 {
6435     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6436
6437     if ( !m_created )
6438     {
6439         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6440         return false;
6441     }
6442
6443     if ( m_table )
6444     {
6445         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6446             DisableCellEditControl();
6447
6448         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6449         return done;
6450
6451         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6452         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6453     }
6454
6455     return false;
6456 }
6457
6458 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6459 {
6460     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6461
6462     if ( !m_created )
6463     {
6464         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6465         return false;
6466     }
6467
6468     if ( m_table )
6469     {
6470         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6471         return done;
6472
6473         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6474         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6475     }
6476
6477     return false;
6478 }
6479
6480 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6481 {
6482     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6483
6484     if ( !m_created )
6485     {
6486         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6487         return false;
6488     }
6489
6490     if ( m_table )
6491     {
6492         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6493             DisableCellEditControl();
6494
6495         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6496         return done;
6497         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6498         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6499     }
6500
6501     return false;
6502 }
6503
6504 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6505 {
6506     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6507
6508     if ( !m_created )
6509     {
6510         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6511         return false;
6512     }
6513
6514     if ( m_table )
6515     {
6516         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6517             DisableCellEditControl();
6518
6519         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6520         return done;
6521         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6522         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6523     }
6524
6525     return false;
6526 }
6527
6528 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6529 {
6530     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6531
6532     if ( !m_created )
6533     {
6534         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6535         return false;
6536     }
6537
6538     if ( m_table )
6539     {
6540         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6541         return done;
6542         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6543         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6544     }
6545
6546     return false;
6547 }
6548
6549 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6550 {
6551     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6552
6553     if ( !m_created )
6554     {
6555         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6556         return false;
6557     }
6558
6559     if ( m_table )
6560     {
6561         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6562             DisableCellEditControl();
6563
6564         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6565         return done;
6566         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6567         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6568     }
6569
6570     return false;
6571 }
6572
6573 //
6574 // ----- event handlers
6575 //
6576
6577 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6578 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6579 //
6580 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6581                         int row, int col,
6582                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6583 {
6584    bool claimed, vetoed;
6585
6586    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6587    {
6588        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6589
6590        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6591                type,
6592                this,
6593                rowOrCol,
6594                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6595                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6596                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6597                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6598                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6599                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6600
6601        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6602        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6603    }
6604    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6605    {
6606        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6607        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6608                type,
6609                this,
6610                m_selectingTopLeft,
6611                m_selectingBottomRight,
6612                true,
6613                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6614                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6615                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6616                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6617
6618        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6619        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6620    }
6621    else
6622    {
6623        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6624                type,
6625                this,
6626                row, col,
6627                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6628                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6629                false,
6630                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6631                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6632                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6633                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6634        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6635        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6636    }
6637
6638    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6639    if (vetoed)
6640        return -1;
6641
6642    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6643 }
6644
6645 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6646 // of ProcessEvent().
6647 //
6648 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6649                         int row, int col )
6650 {
6651    bool claimed, vetoed;
6652
6653     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6654     {
6655         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6656
6657         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6658
6659         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6660         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6661     }
6662     else
6663     {
6664         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6665
6666         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6667         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6668      }
6669
6670     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6671     if (vetoed)
6672         return -1;
6673
6674     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6675 }
6676
6677 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6678 {
6679     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6680     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6681 }
6682
6683 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6684 {
6685     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6686     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6687     if (! GetBatchCount())
6688     {
6689         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6690         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6691
6692         if (rect)
6693         {
6694             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6695             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6696             int x, y;
6697
6698             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6699             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6700             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6701             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6702             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6703
6704             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6705             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6706                 width_label = rectWidth;
6707
6708             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6709             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6710                 height_label = rectHeight;
6711
6712             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6713             {
6714                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6715                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6716             }
6717             else
6718             {
6719                 x = 0;
6720                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6721             }
6722
6723             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6724             {
6725                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6726                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6727             }
6728             else
6729             {
6730                 y = 0;
6731                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6732             }
6733
6734             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6735             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6736             {
6737                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6738                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6739             }
6740
6741             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6742             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6743             {
6744                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6745                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6746             }
6747
6748             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6749             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6750             {
6751                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6752                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6753             }
6754
6755             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6756             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6757             {
6758                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6759                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6760             }
6761         }
6762         else
6763         {
6764             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6765             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6766             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6767             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6768         }
6769     }
6770 }
6771
6772 void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event )
6773 {
6774     // position the child windows
6775     CalcWindowSizes();
6776
6777     // don't call CalcDimensions() from here, the base class handles the size
6778     // changes itself
6779     event.Skip();
6780 }
6781
6782 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6783 {
6784     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6785     {
6786         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6787         //
6788         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6789     }
6790
6791     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6792
6793     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6794     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6795     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6796     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6797
6798     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6799     {
6800         // try local handlers
6801         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6802         {
6803             case WXK_UP:
6804                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6805                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6806                 else
6807                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6808                 break;
6809
6810             case WXK_DOWN:
6811                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6812                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6813                 else
6814                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6815                 break;
6816
6817             case WXK_LEFT:
6818                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6819                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6820                 else
6821                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
6822                 break;
6823
6824             case WXK_RIGHT:
6825                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6826                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6827                 else
6828                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
6829                 break;
6830
6831             case WXK_RETURN:
6832             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
6833                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6834                 {
6835                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
6836                 }
6837                 else
6838                 {
6839                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
6840                     {
6841                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6842                     }
6843                     else
6844                     {
6845                         // at the bottom of a column
6846                         DisableCellEditControl();
6847                     }
6848                 }
6849                 break;
6850
6851             case WXK_ESCAPE:
6852                 ClearSelection();
6853                 break;
6854
6855             case WXK_TAB:
6856                 if (event.ShiftDown())
6857                 {
6858                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
6859                     {
6860                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
6861                     }
6862                     else
6863                     {
6864                         // at left of grid
6865                         DisableCellEditControl();
6866                     }
6867                 }
6868                 else
6869                 {
6870                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
6871                     {
6872                         MoveCursorRight( false );
6873                     }
6874                     else
6875                     {
6876                         // at right of grid
6877                         DisableCellEditControl();
6878                     }
6879                 }
6880                 break;
6881
6882             case WXK_HOME:
6883                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6884                 {
6885                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
6886                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
6887                 }
6888                 else
6889                 {
6890                     event.Skip();
6891                 }
6892                 break;
6893
6894             case WXK_END:
6895                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6896                 {
6897                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
6898                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
6899                 }
6900                 else
6901                 {
6902                     event.Skip();
6903                 }
6904                 break;
6905
6906             case WXK_PAGEUP:
6907                 MovePageUp();
6908                 break;
6909
6910             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
6911                 MovePageDown();
6912                 break;
6913
6914             case WXK_SPACE:
6915                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6916                 {
6917                     if ( m_selection )
6918                     {
6919                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
6920                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6921                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6922                             event.ControlDown(),
6923                             event.ShiftDown(),
6924                             event.AltDown(),
6925                             event.MetaDown() );
6926                     }
6927                     break;
6928                 }
6929
6930                 if ( !IsEditable() )
6931                     MoveCursorRight( false );
6932                 else
6933                     event.Skip();
6934                 break;
6935
6936             default:
6937                 event.Skip();
6938                 break;
6939         }
6940     }
6941
6942     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
6943 }
6944
6945 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
6946 {
6947     // try local handlers
6948     //
6949     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
6950     {
6951         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6952              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6953         {
6954             if ( m_selection )
6955             {
6956                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
6957                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6958                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6959                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6960                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6961                     event.ControlDown(),
6962                     true,
6963                     event.AltDown(),
6964                     event.MetaDown() );
6965             }
6966         }
6967
6968         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6969         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6970         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6971     }
6972 }
6973
6974 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
6975 {
6976     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
6977     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
6978     {
6979         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
6980         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6981         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6982         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6983         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6984
6985         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
6986         // other keys - ask the editor itself
6987         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
6988              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
6989         {
6990             // ensure cell is visble
6991             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
6992             EnableCellEditControl();
6993
6994             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
6995             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
6996             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
6997             // crash the app
6998             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
6999                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7000         }
7001         else
7002         {
7003             event.Skip();
7004         }
7005
7006         editor->DecRef();
7007         attr->DecRef();
7008     }
7009     else
7010     {
7011         event.Skip();
7012     }
7013 }
7014
7015 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7016 {
7017 }
7018
7019 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7020 {
7021     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
7022     {
7023         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
7024         return;
7025     }
7026
7027     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7028     PrepareDC( dc );
7029
7030     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7031     {
7032         DisableCellEditControl();
7033
7034         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7035         {
7036             wxRect r;
7037             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7038             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7039             {
7040                 r.x--;
7041                 r.y--;
7042                 r.width++;
7043                 r.height++;
7044             }
7045
7046             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7047
7048             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7049             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7050
7051             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7052             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7053         }
7054     }
7055
7056     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7057
7058     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7059     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7060     attr->DecRef();
7061 }
7062
7063 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
7064 {
7065     int temp;
7066     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
7067
7068     if ( m_selection )
7069     {
7070         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
7071         {
7072             leftCol = 0;
7073             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7074         }
7075         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
7076         {
7077             topRow = 0;
7078             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7079         }
7080     }
7081
7082     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
7083     {
7084         temp = topRow;
7085         topRow = bottomRow;
7086         bottomRow = temp;
7087     }
7088
7089     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
7090     {
7091         temp = leftCol;
7092         leftCol = rightCol;
7093         rightCol = temp;
7094     }
7095
7096     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
7097     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
7098
7099     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7100     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7101          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7102     {
7103         wxRect rect;
7104         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7105                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7106         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7107     }
7108
7109     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7110     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7111               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7112     {
7113         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7114         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7115         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7116         wxRect  rect[4];
7117         bool    need_refresh[4];
7118         need_refresh[0] =
7119         need_refresh[1] =
7120         need_refresh[2] =
7121         need_refresh[3] = false;
7122         int     i;
7123
7124         // Store intermediate values
7125         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
7126         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
7127         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
7128         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
7129
7130         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7131         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
7132         {
7133             temp = oldLeft;
7134             oldLeft = leftCol;
7135             leftCol = temp;
7136         }
7137         if (oldTop > topRow )
7138         {
7139             temp = oldTop;
7140             oldTop = topRow;
7141             topRow = temp;
7142         }
7143         if (oldRight < rightCol )
7144         {
7145             temp = oldRight;
7146             oldRight = rightCol;
7147             rightCol = temp;
7148         }
7149         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
7150         {
7151             temp = oldBottom;
7152             oldBottom = bottomRow;
7153             bottomRow = temp;
7154         }
7155
7156         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7157         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7158         // is contained in the other.
7159
7160         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7161         {
7162             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7163             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7164             need_refresh[0] = true;
7165             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7166                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7167                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7168         }
7169
7170         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7171         {
7172             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7173             // area above the old or new selection.
7174             need_refresh[1] = true;
7175             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7176                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7177                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7178         }
7179
7180         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7181         {
7182             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7183             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7184             need_refresh[2] = true;
7185             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7186                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7187                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7188         }
7189
7190         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7191         {
7192             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7193             // area below the old or new selection.
7194             need_refresh[3] = true;
7195             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7196                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7197                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7198         }
7199
7200         // various Refresh() calls
7201         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7202             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7203                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7204     }
7205
7206     // change selection
7207     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7208     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7209 }
7210
7211 //
7212 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7213 //
7214
7215 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7216 {
7217     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7218     HideCellEditControl();
7219
7220     if ( m_table )
7221     {
7222         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7223         //
7224         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7225         return true;
7226     }
7227
7228     return false;
7229 }
7230
7231 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7232 {
7233     int row, col;
7234
7235     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7236     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7237     // I think so ...
7238     DisableCellEditControl();
7239
7240     if ( m_table )
7241     {
7242         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7243         {
7244             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7245             {
7246                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7247             }
7248         }
7249
7250         return true;
7251     }
7252
7253     return false;
7254 }
7255
7256 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7257 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7258 // CalcExposedCells)
7259 //
7260 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7261 {
7262     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7263         return;
7264
7265     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7266     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7267     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7268
7269     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7270     {
7271         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7272         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7273         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7274
7275         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7276         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7277         {
7278             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7279             bool marked = false;
7280             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7281             {
7282                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7283                 {
7284                     marked = true;
7285                     break;
7286                 }
7287             }
7288
7289             if (!marked)
7290             {
7291                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7292                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7293                 {
7294                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7295                     {
7296                         marked = true;
7297                         break;
7298                     }
7299                 }
7300
7301                 if (!marked)
7302                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7303             }
7304
7305             // don't bother drawing this cell
7306             continue;
7307         }
7308
7309         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7310         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7311         {
7312             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7313             {
7314                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7315                 int left = col;
7316                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7317                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7318                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7319                     {
7320                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7321                     }
7322
7323                 if (left == col)
7324                     left = 0; // oh well
7325
7326                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7327                 {
7328                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7329                     {
7330                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7331                         {
7332                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7333                             bool marked = false;
7334
7335                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7336                             {
7337                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7338                                 {
7339                                     marked = true;
7340                                     break;
7341                                 }
7342                             }
7343
7344                             if (!marked)
7345                             {
7346                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7347                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7348                                 {
7349                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7350                                     {
7351                                         marked = true;
7352                                         break;
7353                                     }
7354                                 }
7355                                 if (!marked)
7356                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7357                             }
7358                         }
7359                         break;
7360                     }
7361                 }
7362             }
7363         }
7364
7365         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7366     }
7367
7368     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7369
7370     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7371     {
7372         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7373     }
7374 }
7375
7376 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7377 {
7378   int cw, ch;
7379   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7380
7381   int right, bottom;
7382   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7383
7384   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7385   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7386
7387   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7388   {
7389       int left, top;
7390       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7391
7392       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
7393       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7394
7395       if ( right > rightCol )
7396       {
7397           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7398       }
7399
7400       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7401       {
7402           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7403       }
7404   }
7405 }
7406
7407 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7408 {
7409     int row = coords.GetRow();
7410     int col = coords.GetCol();
7411
7412     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7413         return;
7414
7415     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7416 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7417     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7418         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7419 #endif
7420
7421     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7422
7423     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7424
7425     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7426
7427     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7428     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7429     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7430     {
7431         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7432         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7433         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7434         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7435 #if !defined(__WXMAC__) || wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS
7436         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7437         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7438         editor->DecRef();
7439 #endif
7440     }
7441     else
7442     {
7443         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7444         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7445         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7446         renderer->DecRef();
7447     }
7448
7449     attr->DecRef();
7450 }
7451
7452 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7453 {
7454     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7455     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7456
7457     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7458         return;
7459
7460     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7461
7462     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7463     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7464     // it doesn't look really good
7465
7466     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7467
7468     if (penWidth > 0)
7469     {
7470         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7471         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7472         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7473         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7474         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7475         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7476         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7477         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7478         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7479
7480         // Now draw the rectangle
7481         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7482         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7483         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID));
7484         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7485         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7486     }
7487
7488 #if 0
7489         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7490
7491         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7492         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7493                 y1 = rect.y,
7494                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7495                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7496
7497         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7498         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7499         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7500
7501         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7502         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7503
7504         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7505         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7506         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7507 #endif
7508 }
7509
7510 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7511 {
7512     int row = coords.GetRow();
7513     int col = coords.GetCol();
7514     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7515         return;
7516
7517     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7518
7519     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7520
7521     // right hand border
7522     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7523                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7524
7525     // bottom border
7526     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7527                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7528 }
7529
7530 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7531 {
7532     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7533     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7534     //
7535     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7536          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7537     {
7538         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7539     }
7540
7541     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7542     {
7543         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7544         return;
7545     }
7546
7547     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7548     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7549     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7550     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7551     {
7552         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7553         {
7554             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7555             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7556             attr->DecRef();
7557
7558             break;
7559         }
7560     }
7561 }
7562
7563 // TODO: remove this ???
7564 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7565 // has been changed
7566 //
7567 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7568 {
7569 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7570     return;
7571 #endif
7572
7573     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7574          return;
7575
7576     int top, bottom, left, right;
7577
7578 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7579     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7580     {
7581       int cw, ch;
7582       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7583
7584       // virtual coords of visible area
7585       //
7586       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7587       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7588     }
7589     else
7590     {
7591       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7592       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7593       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7594       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7595     }
7596 #else
7597       int cw, ch;
7598       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7599       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7600       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7601 #endif
7602
7603     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7604     //
7605     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) );
7606     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7607
7608     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7609     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
7610     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7611     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
7612     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7613
7614 #ifndef __WXMAC__
7615     // CS: I don't know why suddenly unscrolled coordinates are used for clipping
7616     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7617
7618     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7619     wxRect rect;
7620
7621     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7622     {
7623         int colPos;
7624         for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<rightCol; colPos++)
7625         {
7626             i = GetColAt( colPos );
7627
7628             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7629             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7630             {
7631                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7632                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7633                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7634             }
7635             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7636             {
7637                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7638                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7639                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7640             }
7641         }
7642     }
7643 #else
7644     wxRegion clippedcells( left, top, right - left, bottom - top );
7645
7646     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7647     wxRect rect;
7648
7649     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7650     {
7651         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7652         {
7653             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7654             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7655             {
7656                 rect = CellToRect(j, i);
7657                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7658             }
7659             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7660             {
7661                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7662                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7663             }
7664         }
7665     }
7666 #endif
7667
7668     dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7669
7670     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7671
7672     // horizontal grid lines
7673     //
7674     // already declared above - int i;
7675     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7676     {
7677         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7678
7679         if ( bot > bottom )
7680         {
7681             break;
7682         }
7683
7684         if ( bot >= top )
7685         {
7686             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7687         }
7688     }
7689
7690     // vertical grid lines
7691     //
7692     int colPos;
7693     for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7694     {
7695         i = GetColAt( colPos );
7696
7697         int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1;
7698         if ( colRight > right )
7699         {
7700             break;
7701         }
7702
7703         if ( colRight >= left )
7704         {
7705             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7706         }
7707     }
7708
7709     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7710 }
7711
7712 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7713 {
7714     if ( !m_numRows )
7715         return;
7716
7717     size_t i;
7718     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7719
7720     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7721     {
7722         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7723     }
7724 }
7725
7726 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7727 {
7728     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7729         return;
7730
7731     wxRect rect;
7732
7733 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7734     rect.SetX( 1 );
7735     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 1 );
7736     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 2 );
7737     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 2 );
7738
7739     CalcScrolledPosition( 0, rect.y, NULL, &rect.y );
7740
7741     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7742
7743     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7744 #else
7745     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7746         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7747
7748     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7749     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7750     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7751     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7752
7753     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7754     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7755     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7756 #endif
7757
7758     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7759     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7760     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7761
7762     int hAlign, vAlign;
7763     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7764
7765     rect.SetX( 2 );
7766     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7767     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7768     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7769     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7770 }
7771
7772 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7773 {
7774     if ( !m_numCols )
7775         return;
7776
7777     size_t i;
7778     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7779
7780     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7781     {
7782         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7783     }
7784 }
7785
7786 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7787 {
7788     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7789         return;
7790
7791     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7792
7793     wxRect rect;
7794
7795 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7796     rect.SetX( colLeft + 1 );
7797     rect.SetY( 1 );
7798     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 2 );
7799     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 2 );
7800
7801     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7802
7803     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7804 #else
7805     int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7806
7807     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7808     dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7809     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7810     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
7811                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7812
7813     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7814     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7815     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
7816 #endif
7817
7818     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7819     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7820     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7821
7822     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
7823     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7824     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
7825
7826     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
7827     rect.SetY( 2 );
7828     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
7829     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
7830     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
7831 }
7832
7833 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7834                                 const wxString& value,
7835                                 const wxRect& rect,
7836                                 int horizAlign,
7837                                 int vertAlign,
7838                                 int textOrientation )
7839 {
7840     wxArrayString lines;
7841
7842     StringToLines( value, lines );
7843
7844     // Forward to new API.
7845     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
7846         lines,
7847         rect,
7848         horizAlign,
7849         vertAlign,
7850         textOrientation );
7851 }
7852
7853 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
7854 //     add textOrientation support
7855 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
7856                                const wxArrayString& lines,
7857                                const wxRect& rect,
7858                                int horizAlign,
7859                                int vertAlign,
7860                                int textOrientation)
7861 {
7862     if ( lines.empty() )
7863         return;
7864
7865     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
7866
7867     long textWidth,
7868          textHeight;
7869
7870     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7871         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
7872     else
7873         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
7874
7875     int x = 0,
7876         y = 0;
7877     switch ( vertAlign )
7878     {
7879         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
7880             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7881                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
7882             else
7883                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
7884             break;
7885
7886         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7887             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7888                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
7889             else
7890                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
7891             break;
7892
7893         case wxALIGN_TOP:
7894         default:
7895             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7896                 y = rect.y + 1;
7897             else
7898                 x = rect.x + 1;
7899             break;
7900     }
7901
7902     // Align each line of a multi-line label
7903     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
7904     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
7905     {
7906         const wxString& line = lines[l];
7907
7908         if ( line.empty() )
7909         {
7910             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
7911             continue;
7912         }
7913
7914         long lineWidth,
7915              lineHeight;
7916         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
7917
7918         switch ( horizAlign )
7919         {
7920             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
7921                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7922                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
7923                 else
7924                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
7925                 break;
7926
7927             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7928                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7929                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
7930                 else
7931                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
7932                 break;
7933
7934             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
7935             default:
7936                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7937                     x = rect.x + 1;
7938                 else
7939                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7940                 break;
7941         }
7942
7943         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7944         {
7945             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
7946             y += lineHeight;
7947         }
7948         else
7949         {
7950             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
7951             x += lineHeight;
7952         }
7953     }
7954 }
7955
7956 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
7957 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
7958 //
7959 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines )
7960 {
7961     int startPos = 0;
7962     int pos;
7963     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
7964     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
7965
7966     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
7967     {
7968         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
7969         if ( pos < 0 )
7970         {
7971             break;
7972         }
7973         else if ( pos == 0 )
7974         {
7975             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
7976         }
7977         else
7978         {
7979             lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) );
7980         }
7981
7982         startPos += pos + 1;
7983     }
7984
7985     if ( startPos < (int)value.length() )
7986     {
7987         lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) );
7988     }
7989 }
7990
7991 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
7992                              const wxArrayString& lines,
7993                              long *width, long *height )
7994 {
7995     long w = 0;
7996     long h = 0;
7997     long lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
7998
7999     size_t i;
8000     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8001     {
8002         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8003         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8004         h += lineH;
8005     }
8006
8007     *width = w;
8008     *height = h;
8009 }
8010
8011 //
8012 // ------ Batch processing.
8013 //
8014 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8015 {
8016     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8017     {
8018         m_batchCount--;
8019         if ( !m_batchCount )
8020         {
8021             CalcDimensions();
8022             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8023             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8024             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8025             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8026         }
8027     }
8028 }
8029
8030 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8031 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8032 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8033 //
8034 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8035 {
8036     BeginBatch();
8037     EndBatch();
8038 }
8039
8040 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8041 {
8042     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8043         return false;
8044
8045     // redraw in the new state
8046     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8047
8048     return true;
8049 }
8050
8051 //
8052 // ------ Edit control functions
8053 //
8054
8055 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8056 {
8057     // TODO: improve this ?
8058     //
8059     if ( edit != m_editable )
8060     {
8061         if (!edit)
8062             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8063         m_editable = edit;
8064     }
8065 }
8066
8067 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8068 {
8069     if (! m_editable)
8070         return;
8071
8072     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8073     {
8074         if ( enable )
8075         {
8076             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
8077                 return;
8078
8079             // this should be checked by the caller!
8080             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8081
8082             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8083             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8084
8085             ShowCellEditControl();
8086         }
8087         else
8088         {
8089             //FIXME:add veto support
8090             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
8091
8092             HideCellEditControl();
8093             SaveEditControlValue();
8094
8095             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8096             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8097         }
8098     }
8099 }
8100
8101 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8102 {
8103     // const_cast
8104     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8105     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8106     attr->DecRef();
8107
8108     return readonly;
8109 }
8110
8111 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8112 {
8113     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8114         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8115 }
8116
8117 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8118 {
8119     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8120     // current one if it's read only
8121     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8122 }
8123
8124 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8125 {
8126     bool isShown = false;
8127
8128     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8129     {
8130         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8131         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8132         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8133         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8134         attr->DecRef();
8135
8136         if ( editor )
8137         {
8138             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8139             {
8140                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8141             }
8142
8143             editor->DecRef();
8144         }
8145     }
8146
8147     return isShown;
8148 }
8149
8150 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8151 {
8152     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8153     {
8154         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8155         {
8156             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8157             return;
8158         }
8159         else
8160         {
8161             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8162             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8163             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8164
8165             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8166             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8167             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8168             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8169             {
8170                 row += cell_rows;
8171                 col += cell_cols;
8172                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8173                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8174             }
8175
8176             // convert to scrolled coords
8177             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8178
8179             int nXMove = 0;
8180             if (rect.x < 0)
8181                 nXMove = rect.x;
8182
8183             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8184             // might not cover the entire cell
8185             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8186             PrepareDC( dc );
8187             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(GetCellAttr(row, col)->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
8188             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8189             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8190
8191             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8192             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8193             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8194             // "don't change."
8195             if (rect.x > 0)
8196                 rect.x--;
8197             if (rect.y > 0)
8198                 rect.y--;
8199
8200             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8201             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8202             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8203             {
8204                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8205                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8206
8207                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8208                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8209                                              this,
8210                                              row,
8211                                              col,
8212                                              editor->GetControl());
8213                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8214             }
8215
8216             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8217             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8218             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8219             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8220             {
8221                 int y;
8222                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8223                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8224                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8225             }
8226
8227             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8228             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8229                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8230
8231             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8232             {
8233                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8234                 // may have changed earlier
8235                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8236                 {
8237                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8238                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8239
8240                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8241                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8242                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8243                     {
8244                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8245                     }
8246                     else
8247                         break;
8248                 }
8249
8250                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8251                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8252             }
8253
8254             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8255             editor->SetSize( rect );
8256             if (nXMove != 0)
8257                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8258                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8259                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8260             editor->Show( true, attr );
8261
8262             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8263             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8264             CalcDimensions();
8265
8266             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8267             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8268
8269             editor->DecRef();
8270             attr->DecRef();
8271         }
8272     }
8273 }
8274
8275 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8276 {
8277     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8278     {
8279         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8280         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8281
8282         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8283         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8284         editor->Show( false );
8285         editor->DecRef();
8286         attr->DecRef();
8287
8288         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8289
8290         // refresh whole row to the right
8291         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8292         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8293         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8294
8295 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8296         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8297         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8298 #endif
8299
8300         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8301     }
8302 }
8303
8304 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8305 {
8306     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8307     {
8308         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8309         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8310
8311         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8312
8313         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8314         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8315         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8316
8317         editor->DecRef();
8318         attr->DecRef();
8319
8320         if (changed)
8321         {
8322             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8323                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8324                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8325             {
8326                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8327                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8328             }
8329         }
8330     }
8331 }
8332
8333 //
8334 // ------ Grid location functions
8335 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8336 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8337 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8338 //
8339
8340 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords )
8341 {
8342     int row = YToRow(y);
8343     int col = XToCol(x);
8344
8345     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8346     {
8347         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8348     }
8349     else
8350     {
8351         coords.Set( row, col );
8352     }
8353 }
8354
8355 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8356 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8357 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8358 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8359
8360 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8361                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8362                            bool clipToMinMax)
8363 {
8364     if (coord < 0)
8365         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8366
8367     if (!defaultDist)
8368         defaultDist = 1;
8369
8370     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8371            i_min = 0;
8372
8373     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8374     {
8375         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8376             return i_max;
8377         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8378     }
8379
8380     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8381     {
8382         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8383     }
8384     else
8385     {
8386         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8387         {
8388             i_min = i_max;
8389             if (minDist)
8390                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8391             else
8392                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8393         }
8394
8395         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8396             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8397     }
8398
8399     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8400         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8401     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8402         return 0;
8403
8404     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8405     {
8406         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8407                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8408         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8409             return i_max;
8410         else
8411             i_max--;
8412         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8413         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8414             i_max = median;
8415         else
8416             i_min = median;
8417     }
8418
8419     return i_max;
8420 }
8421
8422 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y )
8423 {
8424     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8425                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8426 }
8427
8428 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax )
8429 {
8430     if (x < 0)
8431         return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1;
8432
8433     if (!m_defaultColWidth)
8434         m_defaultColWidth = 1;
8435
8436     int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth;
8437     int minPos = 0;
8438
8439     if (m_colRights.IsEmpty())
8440     {
8441         if(maxPos < m_numCols)
8442             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8443         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1;
8444     }
8445
8446     if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8447         maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8448     else
8449     {
8450         if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8451         {
8452             minPos = maxPos;
8453             if (m_minAcceptableColWidth)
8454                 maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8455             else
8456                 maxPos =  m_numCols - 1;
8457         }
8458         if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8459             maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8460     }
8461
8462     //X is beyond the last column
8463     if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8464         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1;
8465
8466     //X is before the first column
8467     if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] )
8468         return GetColAt( 0 );
8469
8470     //Perform a binary search
8471     while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 )
8472     {
8473         wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )],
8474                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol"));
8475
8476         if (x >=  m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )])
8477             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8478         else
8479             maxPos--;
8480         int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8481         if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )])
8482             maxPos = median;
8483         else
8484             minPos = median;
8485     }
8486     return GetColAt( maxPos );
8487 }
8488
8489 // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or
8490 // -1 if not near an edge
8491 //
8492 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y )
8493 {
8494     int i;
8495     i = internalYToRow(y);
8496
8497     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8498     {
8499         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8500         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8501         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8502             return i;
8503         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8504             return i - 1;
8505     }
8506
8507     return -1;
8508 }
8509
8510 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8511 // -1 if not near an edge
8512 //
8513 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x )
8514 {
8515     int i;
8516     i = internalXToCol(x);
8517
8518     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8519     {
8520         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8521         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8522         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8523             return i;
8524         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8525             return i - 1;
8526     }
8527
8528     return -1;
8529 }
8530
8531 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col )
8532 {
8533     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8534
8535     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8536          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8537     {
8538         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8539         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8540         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8541         // if negative then find multicell owner
8542         if (cell_rows < 0)
8543             row += cell_rows;
8544         if (cell_cols < 0)
8545              col += cell_cols;
8546         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8547
8548         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8549         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8550         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8551             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8552         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8553             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8554     }
8555
8556     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8557     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8558     {
8559         rect.width -= 1;
8560         rect.height -= 1;
8561     }
8562
8563     return rect;
8564 }
8565
8566 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible )
8567 {
8568     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8569     //
8570     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8571
8572     // convert to device coords
8573     //
8574     int left, top, right, bottom;
8575     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8576     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8577
8578     // check against the client area of the grid window
8579     int cw, ch;
8580     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8581
8582     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8583     {
8584         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8585         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8586                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8587     }
8588     else
8589     {
8590         // is the cell partly visible ?
8591         //
8592         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8593                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8594     }
8595 }
8596
8597 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8598 // of scrolling
8599 //
8600 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8601 {
8602     int i;
8603     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8604
8605     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8606          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8607     {
8608         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8609         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8610
8611         // convert to device coords
8612         int left, top, right, bottom;
8613         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8614         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8615
8616         int cw, ch;
8617         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8618
8619         if ( top < 0 )
8620         {
8621             ypos = r.GetTop();
8622         }
8623         else if ( bottom > ch )
8624         {
8625             int h = r.GetHeight();
8626             ypos = r.GetTop();
8627             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8628             {
8629                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8630                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8631                     break;
8632
8633                 h += rowHeight;
8634                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8635             }
8636
8637             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8638             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8639             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8640             //
8641             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8642             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8643             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8644         }
8645
8646         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8647         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8648         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8649 //      if ( left < 0 )
8650         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8651         {
8652             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8653         }
8654         else if ( right > cw )
8655         {
8656             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8657             int x0, y0;
8658             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8659             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8660
8661             // see comment for ypos above
8662             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8663         }
8664
8665         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8666         {
8667             if ( xpos != -1 )
8668                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8669             if ( ypos != -1 )
8670                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8671             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8672             AdjustScrollbars();
8673         }
8674     }
8675 }
8676
8677 //
8678 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8679 //
8680
8681 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8682 {
8683     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8684          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8685     {
8686         if ( expandSelection )
8687         {
8688             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8689                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8690             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8691             {
8692                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8693                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8694                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8695                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8696             }
8697         }
8698         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8699         {
8700             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8701             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8702             ClearSelection();
8703             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8704             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8705         }
8706         else
8707             return false;
8708
8709         return true;
8710     }
8711
8712     return false;
8713 }
8714
8715 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8716 {
8717     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8718          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8719     {
8720         if ( expandSelection )
8721         {
8722             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8723                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8724             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8725             {
8726                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8727                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8728                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8729                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8730             }
8731         }
8732         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8733         {
8734             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8735             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8736             ClearSelection();
8737             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8738             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8739         }
8740         else
8741             return false;
8742
8743         return true;
8744     }
8745
8746     return false;
8747 }
8748
8749 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8750 {
8751     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8752          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8753     {
8754         if ( expandSelection )
8755         {
8756             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8757                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8758             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8759             {
8760                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8761                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8762                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8763                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8764             }
8765         }
8766         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 )
8767         {
8768             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8769             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 );
8770             ClearSelection();
8771
8772             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8773             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8774         }
8775         else
8776             return false;
8777
8778         return true;
8779     }
8780
8781     return false;
8782 }
8783
8784 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8785 {
8786     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8787          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8788     {
8789         if ( expandSelection )
8790         {
8791             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8792                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8793             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8794             {
8795                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8796                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8797                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8798                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8799             }
8800         }
8801         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 )
8802         {
8803             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8804             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 );
8805             ClearSelection();
8806
8807             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8808             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8809         }
8810         else
8811             return false;
8812
8813         return true;
8814     }
8815
8816     return false;
8817 }
8818
8819 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
8820 {
8821     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8822         return false;
8823
8824     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8825     if ( row > 0 )
8826     {
8827         int cw, ch;
8828         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8829
8830         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8831         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
8832
8833         if ( newRow == row )
8834         {
8835             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
8836             newRow = row - 1;
8837         }
8838
8839         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8840         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8841
8842         return true;
8843     }
8844
8845     return false;
8846 }
8847
8848 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
8849 {
8850     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8851         return false;
8852
8853     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8854     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
8855     {
8856         int cw, ch;
8857         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8858
8859         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8860         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
8861         if ( newRow == row )
8862         {
8863             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
8864             newRow = row + 1;
8865         }
8866
8867         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8868         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8869
8870         return true;
8871     }
8872
8873     return false;
8874 }
8875
8876 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
8877 {
8878     if ( m_table &&
8879          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8880          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8881     {
8882         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8883         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8884
8885         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8886         {
8887             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8888             // non-empty cells
8889             //
8890             while ( row > 0 )
8891             {
8892                 row--;
8893                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8894                     break;
8895             }
8896         }
8897         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
8898         {
8899             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
8900             //
8901             row--;
8902             while ( row > 0 )
8903             {
8904                 row--;
8905                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8906                     break;
8907             }
8908         }
8909         else
8910         {
8911             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
8912             //
8913             while ( row > 0 )
8914             {
8915                 row--;
8916                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8917                 {
8918                     row++;
8919                     break;
8920                 }
8921             }
8922         }
8923
8924         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8925         if ( expandSelection )
8926         {
8927             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8928             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8929         }
8930         else
8931         {
8932             ClearSelection();
8933             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8934         }
8935
8936         return true;
8937     }
8938
8939     return false;
8940 }
8941
8942 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
8943 {
8944     if ( m_table &&
8945          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8946          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8947     {
8948         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8949         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8950
8951         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8952         {
8953             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8954             // non-empty cells
8955             //
8956             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
8957             {
8958                 row++;
8959                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8960                     break;
8961             }
8962         }
8963         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
8964         {
8965             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
8966             //
8967             row++;
8968             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
8969             {
8970                 row++;
8971                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8972                     break;
8973             }
8974         }
8975         else
8976         {
8977             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
8978             //
8979             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
8980             {
8981                 row++;
8982                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8983                 {
8984                     row--;
8985                     break;
8986                 }
8987             }
8988         }
8989
8990         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8991         if ( expandSelection )
8992         {
8993             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8994             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8995         }
8996         else
8997         {
8998             ClearSelection();
8999             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9000         }
9001
9002         return true;
9003     }
9004
9005     return false;
9006 }
9007
9008 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9009 {
9010     if ( m_table &&
9011          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9012          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
9013     {
9014         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9015         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9016
9017         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9018         {
9019             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9020             // non-empty cells
9021             //
9022             while ( col > 0 )
9023             {
9024                 col--;
9025                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9026                     break;
9027             }
9028         }
9029         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
9030         {
9031             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
9032             //
9033             col--;
9034             while ( col > 0 )
9035             {
9036                 col--;
9037                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9038                     break;
9039             }
9040         }
9041         else
9042         {
9043             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
9044             //
9045             while ( col > 0 )
9046             {
9047                 col--;
9048                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9049                 {
9050                     col++;
9051                     break;
9052                 }
9053             }
9054         }
9055
9056         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9057         if ( expandSelection )
9058         {
9059             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9060             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9061         }
9062         else
9063         {
9064             ClearSelection();
9065             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9066         }
9067
9068         return true;
9069     }
9070
9071     return false;
9072 }
9073
9074 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9075 {
9076     if ( m_table &&
9077          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9078          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9079     {
9080         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9081         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9082
9083         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9084         {
9085             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9086             // non-empty cells
9087             //
9088             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9089             {
9090                 col++;
9091                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9092                     break;
9093             }
9094         }
9095         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
9096         {
9097             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
9098             //
9099             col++;
9100             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9101             {
9102                 col++;
9103                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9104                     break;
9105             }
9106         }
9107         else
9108         {
9109             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
9110             //
9111             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9112             {
9113                 col++;
9114                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9115                 {
9116                     col--;
9117                     break;
9118                 }
9119             }
9120         }
9121
9122         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9123         if ( expandSelection )
9124         {
9125             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9126             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9127         }
9128         else
9129         {
9130             ClearSelection();
9131             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9132         }
9133
9134         return true;
9135     }
9136
9137     return false;
9138 }
9139
9140 //
9141 // ------ Label values and formatting
9142 //
9143
9144 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
9145 {
9146     if ( horiz )
9147         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9148     if ( vert )
9149         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9150 }
9151
9152 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
9153 {
9154     if ( horiz )
9155         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9156     if ( vert )
9157         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9158 }
9159
9160 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation()
9161 {
9162     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9163 }
9164
9165 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
9166 {
9167     if ( m_table )
9168     {
9169         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9170     }
9171     else
9172     {
9173         wxString s;
9174         s << row;
9175         return s;
9176     }
9177 }
9178
9179 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col )
9180 {
9181     if ( m_table )
9182     {
9183         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9184     }
9185     else
9186     {
9187         wxString s;
9188         s << col;
9189         return s;
9190     }
9191 }
9192
9193 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9194 {
9195     width = wxMax( width, 0 );
9196     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9197     {
9198         if ( width == 0 )
9199         {
9200             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9201             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9202         }
9203         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9204         {
9205             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9206             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9207                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9208         }
9209
9210         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9211         CalcWindowSizes();
9212         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9213     }
9214 }
9215
9216 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9217 {
9218     height = wxMax( height, 0 );
9219     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9220     {
9221         if ( height == 0 )
9222         {
9223             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
9224             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9225         }
9226         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9227         {
9228             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
9229             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9230                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9231         }
9232
9233         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9234         CalcWindowSizes();
9235         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9236     }
9237 }
9238
9239 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9240 {
9241     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9242     {
9243         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9244         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9245         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9246         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9247
9248         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9249         {
9250             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9251             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9252             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9253         }
9254     }
9255 }
9256
9257 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9258 {
9259     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9260     {
9261         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9262         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9263         {
9264             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9265             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9266         }
9267     }
9268 }
9269
9270 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9271 {
9272     m_labelFont = font;
9273     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9274     {
9275         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9276         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9277     }
9278 }
9279
9280 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9281 {
9282     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9283     switch ( horiz )
9284     {
9285         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9286         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9287         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9288     }
9289
9290     switch ( vert )
9291     {
9292         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9293         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9294         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9295     }
9296
9297     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9298     {
9299         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9300     }
9301
9302     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9303     {
9304         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9305     }
9306
9307     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9308     {
9309         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9310     }
9311 }
9312
9313 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9314 {
9315     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9316     switch ( horiz )
9317     {
9318         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9319         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9320         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9321     }
9322
9323     switch ( vert )
9324     {
9325         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9326         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9327         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9328     }
9329
9330     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9331     {
9332         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9333     }
9334
9335     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9336     {
9337         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9338     }
9339
9340     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9341     {
9342         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9343     }
9344 }
9345
9346 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9347 //       does not support vertical printing
9348 //
9349 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9350 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9351 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9352 //
9353 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9354 {
9355     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9356         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9357
9358     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9359         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9360 }
9361
9362 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9363 {
9364     if ( m_table )
9365     {
9366         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9367         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9368         {
9369             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9370             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9371             {
9372                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9373                 rect.x = 0;
9374                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9375                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9376             }
9377         }
9378     }
9379 }
9380
9381 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9382 {
9383     if ( m_table )
9384     {
9385         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9386         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9387         {
9388             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9389             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9390             {
9391                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9392                 rect.y = 0;
9393                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9394                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9395             }
9396         }
9397     }
9398 }
9399
9400 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9401 {
9402     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9403     {
9404         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9405
9406         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9407         PrepareDC( dc );
9408         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9409     }
9410 }
9411
9412 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9413 {
9414     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9415     {
9416         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9417
9418         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9419         PrepareDC( dc );
9420         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9421         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9422         attr->DecRef();
9423     }
9424 }
9425
9426 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9427 {
9428     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9429     {
9430         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9431
9432         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9433         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9434         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9435         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9436         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9437             return;
9438
9439         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9440         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9441     }
9442 }
9443
9444 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9445 {
9446     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9447     {
9448         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9449
9450         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9451         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9452         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9453         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9454         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9455             return;
9456
9457         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9458         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9459     }
9460 }
9461
9462 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9463 {
9464     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9465     {
9466         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9467
9468         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9469         {
9470             if ( enable )
9471             {
9472                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9473                 PrepareDC( dc );
9474                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9475             }
9476             else
9477             {
9478                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9479             }
9480         }
9481     }
9482 }
9483
9484 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize()
9485 {
9486     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9487 }
9488
9489 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row )
9490 {
9491     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9492
9493     return GetRowHeight(row);
9494 }
9495
9496 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize()
9497 {
9498     return m_defaultColWidth;
9499 }
9500
9501 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col )
9502 {
9503     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9504
9505     return GetColWidth(col);
9506 }
9507
9508 // ============================================================================
9509 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9510 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9511 // ============================================================================
9512
9513 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9514 // setting default attributes
9515 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9516
9517 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9518 {
9519     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9520 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9521     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9522 #endif
9523 }
9524
9525 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9526 {
9527     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9528 }
9529
9530 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9531 {
9532     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9533 }
9534
9535 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9536 {
9537     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9538 }
9539
9540 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9541 {
9542     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9543 }
9544
9545 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9546 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9547 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9548 // work correctly.
9549
9550 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9551 {
9552     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9553                      renderer,
9554                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9555 }
9556
9557 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9558 {
9559     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9560                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9561                      editor);
9562 }
9563
9564 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9565 // access to the default attrbiutes
9566 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9567
9568 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour()
9569 {
9570     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9571 }
9572
9573 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour()
9574 {
9575     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9576 }
9577
9578 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont()
9579 {
9580     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9581 }
9582
9583 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
9584 {
9585     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9586 }
9587
9588 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow()
9589 {
9590     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9591 }
9592
9593 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9594 {
9595     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9596 }
9597
9598 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9599 {
9600     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9601 }
9602
9603 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9604 // access to cell attributes
9605 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9606
9607 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col)
9608 {
9609     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9610     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9611     attr->DecRef();
9612
9613     return colour;
9614 }
9615
9616 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col )
9617 {
9618     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9619     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9620     attr->DecRef();
9621
9622     return colour;
9623 }
9624
9625 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col )
9626 {
9627     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9628     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9629     attr->DecRef();
9630
9631     return font;
9632 }
9633
9634 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert )
9635 {
9636     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9637     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9638     attr->DecRef();
9639 }
9640
9641 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col )
9642 {
9643     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9644     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9645     attr->DecRef();
9646
9647     return allow;
9648 }
9649
9650 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols )
9651 {
9652     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9653     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9654     attr->DecRef();
9655 }
9656
9657 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col)
9658 {
9659     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9660     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9661     attr->DecRef();
9662
9663     return renderer;
9664 }
9665
9666 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col)
9667 {
9668     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9669     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9670     attr->DecRef();
9671
9672     return editor;
9673 }
9674
9675 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9676 {
9677     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9678     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9679     attr->DecRef();
9680
9681     return isReadOnly;
9682 }
9683
9684 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9685 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9686 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9687
9688 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes()
9689 {
9690     if ( !m_table )
9691     {
9692         return false;
9693     }
9694
9695     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9696 }
9697
9698 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9699 {
9700     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9701     {
9702         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9703         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9704         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9705     }
9706 }
9707
9708 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9709 {
9710     if ( attr != NULL )
9711     {
9712         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9713
9714         self->ClearAttrCache();
9715         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9716         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9717         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9718         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9719     }
9720 }
9721
9722 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9723 {
9724     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9725     {
9726         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9727         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9728
9729 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9730         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9731 #endif
9732
9733         return true;
9734     }
9735     else
9736     {
9737 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9738         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9739 #endif
9740
9741         return false;
9742     }
9743 }
9744
9745 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9746 {
9747     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9748     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9749     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9750     if ( row >= 0 )
9751     {
9752         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9753         {
9754             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9755                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9756             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9757         }
9758     }
9759
9760     if (attr)
9761     {
9762         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9763     }
9764     else
9765     {
9766         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9767         attr->IncRef();
9768     }
9769
9770     return attr;
9771 }
9772
9773 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9774 {
9775     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9776     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9777
9778     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9779     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9780
9781     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9782     if ( !attr )
9783     {
9784         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9785
9786         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9787         attr->IncRef();
9788         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9789     }
9790
9791     return attr;
9792 }
9793
9794 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9795 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
9796 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9797
9798 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
9799 {
9800     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
9801 }
9802
9803 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
9804 {
9805     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
9806 }
9807
9808 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
9809 {
9810     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
9811     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
9812     {
9813         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
9814     }
9815
9816     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
9817 }
9818
9819 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
9820 {
9821     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
9822     if (!attr)
9823         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
9824     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9825     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9826
9827     SetColAttr(col, attr);
9828
9829 }
9830
9831 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9832 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
9833 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9834
9835 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9836 {
9837     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9838     {
9839         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9840         ClearAttrCache();
9841     }
9842     else
9843     {
9844         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9845     }
9846 }
9847
9848 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9849 {
9850     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9851     {
9852         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
9853         ClearAttrCache();
9854     }
9855     else
9856     {
9857         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9858     }
9859 }
9860
9861 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9862 {
9863     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9864     {
9865         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
9866         ClearAttrCache();
9867     }
9868     else
9869     {
9870         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9871     }
9872 }
9873
9874 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9875 {
9876     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9877     {
9878         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9879         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
9880         attr->DecRef();
9881     }
9882 }
9883
9884 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9885 {
9886     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9887     {
9888         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9889         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
9890         attr->DecRef();
9891     }
9892 }
9893
9894 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
9895 {
9896     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9897     {
9898         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9899         attr->SetFont(font);
9900         attr->DecRef();
9901     }
9902 }
9903
9904 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
9905 {
9906     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9907     {
9908         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9909         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9910         attr->DecRef();
9911     }
9912 }
9913
9914 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
9915 {
9916     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9917     {
9918         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9919         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
9920         attr->DecRef();
9921     }
9922 }
9923
9924 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
9925 {
9926     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9927     {
9928         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
9929
9930         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9931         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
9932         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
9933         attr->DecRef();
9934
9935         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
9936         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
9937         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
9938         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
9939         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
9940                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
9941         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
9942                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
9943
9944         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
9945         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
9946         {
9947             int i, j;
9948             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
9949             {
9950                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
9951                 {
9952                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9953                     {
9954                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9955                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
9956                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9957                     }
9958                 }
9959             }
9960         }
9961
9962         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
9963         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
9964         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
9965         {
9966             int i, j;
9967             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
9968             {
9969                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
9970                 {
9971                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9972                     {
9973                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9974                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
9975                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9976                     }
9977                 }
9978             }
9979         }
9980     }
9981 }
9982
9983 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9984 {
9985     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9986     {
9987         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9988         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9989         attr->DecRef();
9990     }
9991 }
9992
9993 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9994 {
9995     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9996     {
9997         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9998         attr->SetEditor(editor);
9999         attr->DecRef();
10000     }
10001 }
10002
10003 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10004 {
10005     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10006     {
10007         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10008         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10009         attr->DecRef();
10010     }
10011 }
10012
10013 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10014 // Data type registration
10015 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10016
10017 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10018                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10019                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10020 {
10021     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10022 }
10023
10024
10025 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10026 {
10027     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10028     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10029 }
10030
10031 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10032 {
10033     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10034     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10035 }
10036
10037 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10038 {
10039     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10040     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10041     {
10042         wxString errStr;
10043
10044         errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str());
10045         wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str());
10046
10047         return NULL;
10048     }
10049
10050     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10051 }
10052
10053 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10054 {
10055     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10056     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10057     {
10058         wxString errStr;
10059
10060         errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str());
10061         wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str());
10062
10063         return NULL;
10064     }
10065
10066     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10067 }
10068
10069 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10070 // row/col size
10071 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10072
10073 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10074 {
10075     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10076 }
10077
10078 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10079 {
10080     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10081 }
10082
10083 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10084 {
10085     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10086 }
10087
10088 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10089 {
10090     m_canDragCell = enable;
10091 }
10092
10093 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10094 {
10095     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10096
10097     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10098     {
10099         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10100         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10101         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10102         // some speed optimisations)
10103         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10104         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10105         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10106             CalcDimensions();
10107     }
10108 }
10109
10110 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10111 {
10112     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10113
10114     // See comment in SetColSize
10115     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10116         return;
10117
10118     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10119     {
10120         // need to really create the array
10121         InitRowHeights();
10122     }
10123
10124     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10125     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10126
10127     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10128     int i;
10129     for ( i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10130     {
10131         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10132     }
10133
10134     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10135         CalcDimensions();
10136 }
10137
10138 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10139 {
10140     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth );
10141
10142     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10143     {
10144         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10145         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10146         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10147         // some speed optimisations)
10148         m_colWidths.Empty();
10149         m_colRights.Empty();
10150         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10151             CalcDimensions();
10152     }
10153 }
10154
10155 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10156 {
10157     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10158
10159     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10160     //                                                                 (VZ)
10161     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10162     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10163     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10164     //
10165     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10166
10167     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10168         return;
10169
10170     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10171     {
10172         // need to really create the array
10173         InitColWidths();
10174     }
10175
10176     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10177     if ( width < 0 )
10178     {
10179         long w, h;
10180         wxArrayString lines;
10181         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
10182         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10183         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10184         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10185         width = w + 6;
10186     }
10187
10188     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10189     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10190     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10191
10192     int i;
10193     int colPos;
10194     for ( colPos = GetColPos( col ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10195     {
10196         i = GetColAt( colPos );
10197         m_colRights[i] += diff;
10198     }
10199
10200     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10201         CalcDimensions();
10202 }
10203
10204 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10205 {
10206     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10207     {
10208         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10209         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10210     }
10211 }
10212
10213 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10214 {
10215     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10216     {
10217         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10218         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10219     }
10220 }
10221
10222 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10223 {
10224     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10225     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10226
10227     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10228 }
10229
10230 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10231 {
10232     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10233     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10234
10235     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10236 }
10237
10238 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10239 {
10240     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10241     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10242     if ( width >= 0 )
10243         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10244 }
10245
10246 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10247 {
10248     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10249     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10250     if ( height >= 0 )
10251         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10252 }
10253
10254 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10255 {
10256     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10257 }
10258
10259 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10260 {
10261     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10262 }
10263
10264 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10265 // auto sizing
10266 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10267
10268 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column )
10269 {
10270     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10271
10272     // cancel editing of cell
10273     HideCellEditControl();
10274     SaveEditControlValue();
10275
10276     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10277     int row = -1,
10278         col = -1;
10279     if ( column )
10280         col = colOrRow;
10281     else
10282         row = colOrRow;
10283
10284     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10285     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10286     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10287     {
10288         if ( column )
10289             row = rowOrCol;
10290         else
10291             col = rowOrCol;
10292
10293         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10294         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10295         if ( renderer )
10296         {
10297             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10298             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10299             if ( extent > extentMax )
10300                 extentMax = extent;
10301
10302             renderer->DecRef();
10303         }
10304
10305         attr->DecRef();
10306     }
10307
10308     // now also compare with the column label extent
10309     wxCoord w, h;
10310     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10311
10312     if ( column )
10313     {
10314         dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10315         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10316             w = h;
10317     }
10318     else
10319         dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10320
10321     extent = column ? w : h;
10322     if ( extent > extentMax )
10323         extentMax = extent;
10324
10325     if ( !extentMax )
10326     {
10327         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10328         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10329         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10330     }
10331     else
10332     {
10333         if ( column )
10334             // leave some space around text
10335             extentMax += 10;
10336         else
10337             extentMax += 6;
10338     }
10339
10340     if ( column )
10341     {
10342         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10343         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10344         {
10345             int cw, ch, dummy;
10346             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10347             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10348             rect.y = 0;
10349             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10350             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10351             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10352             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10353         }
10354     }
10355     else
10356     {
10357         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10358         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10359         {
10360             int cw, ch, dummy;
10361             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10362             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10363             rect.x = 0;
10364             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10365             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10366             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10367             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10368         }
10369     }
10370
10371     if ( setAsMin )
10372     {
10373         if ( column )
10374             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10375         else
10376             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10377     }
10378 }
10379
10380 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10381 {
10382     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10383
10384     if ( !calcOnly )
10385         BeginBatch();
10386
10387     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10388     {
10389         if ( !calcOnly )
10390             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10391
10392         width += GetColWidth(col);
10393     }
10394
10395     if ( !calcOnly )
10396         EndBatch();
10397
10398     return width;
10399 }
10400
10401 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10402 {
10403     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10404
10405     if ( !calcOnly )
10406         BeginBatch();
10407
10408     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10409     {
10410         if ( !calcOnly )
10411             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10412
10413         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10414     }
10415
10416     if ( !calcOnly )
10417         EndBatch();
10418
10419     return height;
10420 }
10421
10422 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10423 {
10424     BeginBatch();
10425
10426     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false), SetOrCalcRowSizes(false));
10427
10428     // round up the size to a multiple of scroll step - this ensures that we
10429     // won't get the scrollbars if we're sized exactly to this width
10430     // CalcDimension adds m_extraWidth + 1 etc. to calculate the necessary
10431     // scrollbar steps
10432     wxSize sizeFit(
10433         GetScrollX(size.x + m_extraWidth + 1) * m_scrollLineX,
10434         GetScrollY(size.y + m_extraHeight + 1) * m_scrollLineY );
10435
10436     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10437     // extra white space
10438
10439     // Remove the extra m_extraWidth + 1 added above
10440     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x + (m_extraWidth + 1);
10441     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10442     {
10443         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10444         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10445         if ( diffPerCol )
10446         {
10447             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10448             {
10449                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10450             }
10451         }
10452
10453         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10454         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10455         if ( diff )
10456         {
10457             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10458             {
10459                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10460             }
10461         }
10462     }
10463
10464     // same for rows
10465     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y - (m_extraHeight + 1);
10466     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10467     {
10468         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10469         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10470         if ( diffPerRow )
10471         {
10472             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10473             {
10474                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10475             }
10476         }
10477
10478         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10479         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10480         if ( diff )
10481         {
10482             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10483             {
10484                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10485             }
10486         }
10487     }
10488
10489     EndBatch();
10490
10491     SetClientSize(sizeFit);
10492 }
10493
10494 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10495 {
10496     wxArrayString lines;
10497     long w, h;
10498
10499     // Hide the edit control, so it
10500     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10501     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10502     {
10503         HideCellEditControl();
10504         SaveEditControlValue();
10505     }
10506
10507     // autosize row height depending on label text
10508     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10509     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10510     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10511     if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10512         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10513     SetRowSize(row, h);
10514     ForceRefresh();
10515 }
10516
10517 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10518 {
10519     wxArrayString lines;
10520     long w, h;
10521
10522     // Hide the edit control, so it
10523     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10524     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10525     {
10526         HideCellEditControl();
10527         SaveEditControlValue();
10528     }
10529
10530     // autosize column width depending on label text
10531     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10532     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10533     if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10534         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10535     else
10536         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10537     if ( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10538         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10539     SetColSize(col, w);
10540     ForceRefresh();
10541 }
10542
10543 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10544 {
10545     // don't set sizes, only calculate them
10546     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10547
10548     int width, height;
10549     width = self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true);
10550     height = self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true);
10551
10552     if (!width)
10553         width = 100;
10554     if (!height)
10555         height = 80;
10556
10557     // Round up to a multiple the scroll rate
10558     // NOTE: this still doesn't get rid of the scrollbars;
10559     // is there any magic incantation for that?
10560     int xpu, ypu;
10561     GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xpu, &ypu);
10562     if (xpu)
10563         width  += 1 + xpu - (width  % xpu);
10564     if (ypu)
10565         height += 1 + ypu - (height % ypu);
10566
10567     // limit to 1/4 of the screen size
10568     int maxwidth, maxheight;
10569     wxDisplaySize( &maxwidth, &maxheight );
10570     maxwidth /= 2;
10571     maxheight /= 2;
10572     if ( width > maxwidth )
10573         width = maxwidth;
10574     if ( height > maxheight )
10575         height = maxheight;
10576
10577     wxSize best(width, height);
10578
10579     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10580     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10581     // calculation.
10582     // CacheBestSize(size);
10583
10584     return best;
10585 }
10586
10587 void wxGrid::Fit()
10588 {
10589     AutoSize();
10590 }
10591
10592 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10593 {
10594     return wxNullPen;
10595 }
10596
10597 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10598 // cell value accessor functions
10599 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10600
10601 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10602 {
10603     if ( m_table )
10604     {
10605         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10606         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10607         {
10608             int dummy;
10609             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10610             rect.x = 0;
10611             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10612             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10613             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10614         }
10615
10616         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10617              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10618              IsCellEditControlShown())
10619              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10620              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10621              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10622         {
10623             HideCellEditControl();
10624             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10625         }
10626     }
10627 }
10628
10629 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10630 // block, row and column selection
10631 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10632
10633 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10634 {
10635     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10636         ClearSelection();
10637
10638     if ( m_selection )
10639         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10640 }
10641
10642 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10643 {
10644     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10645         ClearSelection();
10646
10647     if ( m_selection )
10648         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10649 }
10650
10651 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10652                           bool addToSelected )
10653 {
10654     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10655         ClearSelection();
10656
10657     if ( m_selection )
10658         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10659                                   false, addToSelected );
10660 }
10661
10662 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10663 {
10664     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10665     {
10666         if ( m_selection )
10667             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10668     }
10669 }
10670
10671 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10672 // cell, row and col deselection
10673 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10674
10675 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10676 {
10677     if ( !m_selection )
10678         return;
10679
10680     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10681     {
10682         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10683             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10684     }
10685     else
10686     {
10687         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10688         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10689         {
10690             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10691                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10692         }
10693     }
10694 }
10695
10696 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10697 {
10698     if ( !m_selection )
10699         return;
10700
10701     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10702     {
10703         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10704             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10705     }
10706     else
10707     {
10708         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10709         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10710         {
10711             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10712                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10713         }
10714     }
10715 }
10716
10717 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10718 {
10719     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10720         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10721 }
10722
10723 bool wxGrid::IsSelection()
10724 {
10725     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10726              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10727                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10728 }
10729
10730 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10731 {
10732     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10733              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10734                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10735                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10736                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10737 }
10738
10739 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10740 {
10741     if (!m_selection)
10742     {
10743         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10744         return a;
10745     }
10746
10747     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10748 }
10749
10750 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10751 {
10752     if (!m_selection)
10753     {
10754         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10755         return a;
10756     }
10757
10758     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10759 }
10760
10761 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10762 {
10763     if (!m_selection)
10764     {
10765         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10766         return a;
10767     }
10768
10769     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10770 }
10771
10772 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10773 {
10774     if (!m_selection)
10775     {
10776         wxArrayInt a;
10777         return a;
10778     }
10779
10780     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
10781 }
10782
10783 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
10784 {
10785     if (!m_selection)
10786     {
10787         wxArrayInt a;
10788         return a;
10789     }
10790
10791     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
10792 }
10793
10794 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
10795 {
10796     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10797     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10798     if ( m_selection )
10799         m_selection->ClearSelection();
10800 }
10801
10802 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
10803 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
10804 //
10805 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft,
10806                                   const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight )
10807 {
10808     wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect );
10809     wxRect cellRect;
10810
10811     cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft );
10812     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10813     {
10814         rect = cellRect;
10815     }
10816     else
10817     {
10818         rect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
10819     }
10820
10821     cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight );
10822     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10823     {
10824         rect += cellRect;
10825     }
10826     else
10827     {
10828         return wxGridNoCellRect;
10829     }
10830
10831     int i, j;
10832     int left = rect.GetLeft();
10833     int top = rect.GetTop();
10834     int right = rect.GetRight();
10835     int bottom = rect.GetBottom();
10836
10837     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
10838     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
10839     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
10840     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
10841
10842     if (left > right)
10843     {
10844         i = left;
10845         left = right;
10846         right = i;
10847         i = leftCol;
10848         leftCol = rightCol;
10849         rightCol = i;
10850     }
10851
10852     if (top > bottom)
10853     {
10854         i = top;
10855         top = bottom;
10856         bottom = i;
10857         i = topRow;
10858         topRow = bottomRow;
10859         bottomRow = i;
10860     }
10861
10862     for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
10863     {
10864         for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ )
10865         {
10866             if ((j == topRow) || (j == bottomRow) || (i == leftCol) || (i == rightCol))
10867             {
10868                 cellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
10869
10870                 if (cellRect.x < left)
10871                     left = cellRect.x;
10872                 if (cellRect.y < top)
10873                     top = cellRect.y;
10874                 if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right)
10875                     right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width;
10876                 if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom)
10877                     bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height;
10878             }
10879             else
10880             {
10881                 i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells.
10882             }
10883         }
10884     }
10885
10886     // convert to scrolled coords
10887     //
10888     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
10889     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
10890
10891     int cw, ch;
10892     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10893
10894     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
10895         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
10896
10897     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
10898     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
10899     rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
10900     rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
10901
10902     return rect;
10903 }
10904
10905 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10906 // grid event classes
10907 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10908
10909 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10910
10911 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10912                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
10913                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10914         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10915 {
10916     m_row = row;
10917     m_col = col;
10918     m_x = x;
10919     m_y = y;
10920     m_selecting = sel;
10921     m_control = control;
10922     m_shift = shift;
10923     m_alt = alt;
10924     m_meta = meta;
10925
10926     SetEventObject(obj);
10927 }
10928
10929
10930 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10931
10932 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10933                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
10934                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10935         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10936 {
10937     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
10938     m_x = x;
10939     m_y = y;
10940     m_control = control;
10941     m_shift = shift;
10942     m_alt = alt;
10943     m_meta = meta;
10944
10945     SetEventObject(obj);
10946 }
10947
10948
10949 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10950
10951 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10952                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
10953                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
10954                                                bool sel, bool control,
10955                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10956         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10957 {
10958     m_topLeft = topLeft;
10959     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
10960     m_selecting = sel;
10961     m_control = control;
10962     m_shift = shift;
10963     m_alt = alt;
10964     m_meta = meta;
10965
10966     SetEventObject(obj);
10967 }
10968
10969
10970 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
10971
10972 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
10973                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
10974                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
10975     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
10976 {
10977     SetEventObject(obj);
10978     m_row = row;
10979     m_col = col;
10980     m_ctrl = ctrl;
10981 }
10982
10983 #endif // wxUSE_GRID